Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Carrier Global

Carrier Global

carr · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker carr
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Carrier Global
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
C

a

r

r

’

s

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

G ROW TH  THROUG H
INNOVATI   N & 
TECHN LOGY

Annual report and accounts

2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carr’s is an international  
business at the forefront of 
innovation and technology.

The Group is a global leader 
in the supply of value-adding 
products and services to 
customers in the Agriculture 
and Engineering sectors. 

Strategic Report
01  Highlights
02  At a Glance
04  Chairman’s Statement
06  Market Overview
08  Our Business Model
10  Our Strategy
14  Chief Executive’s Review
16  Financial Review
18   Divisional Review: Agriculture 
24   Divisional Review: Engineering
30  Risk Management
33  Viability Statement
34  Corporate Responsibility

Corporate Governance
38   Board of Directors
40   Corporate Governance Report
46   Audit Committee Report
49   Nomination Committee Report
52   Remuneration Committee Report
65   Directors’ Report

Financial Statements
68    Independent Auditor’s Report 
78   Consolidated Income Statement
79    Consolidated and Company  

Statements of Comprehensive Income

80    Consolidated and Company 

Balance Sheets

82    Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity

83    Company Statement of Changes in Equity
84   Consolidated and Company Statements  

of Cash Flows

85   Principal Accounting Policies
93   Notes to the Financial Statements
132  Five Year Statement
134  Alternative Performance Measures  

Glossary

135  Directory of Operations
136  Registered Office and Advisers
137  Dormant Subsidiaries at 31 August 2019

Agriculture
The Agriculture division includes a 
livestock supplementation business 
which manufactures feed blocks, 
boluses and other trace element 
supplements from locations across 
the UK, US  and Europe.

These products are supplied 
through an extensive distribution 
network to farming customers 
across the globe.

In the UK the division also sells 
animal feed, fertiliser, animal health 
products, oil, farm machinery and 
rural supplies from a network of  
over 40 country stores and depots.

Engineering
The Engineering division designs 
and manufactures specialist  
equipment and components, 
robotic goods and remote 
handling equipment, and 
provides technical services, from 
five sites in the UK, one site in 
Germany and, two sites in the 
USA.

These highly specialised 
products and services are 
supplied predominately into the 
nuclear, defence and oil and gas 
markets.

See page 18 

See page 24 

 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

01

HIGHLIGHTS

A year of strong performance

FINANCIAL

£403.9m

Revenue

4.75p

Dividend Per Share

18

17

£403.2m

£346.2m

18

17

4.5p

4.0p

£18.9m

Adjusted Operating Profit*

£17.2m

Reported Operating Profit

18

17

£17.5m

18

17

£12.1m

£16.4m

£10.7m

£18.0m

Adjusted Profit Before Tax*

£16.3m

Reported Profit Before Tax

18

17

£16.6m

18

17

£11.4m

£15.5m

£10.0m

14.6p

Adjusted Earnings Per Share*

13.1p

Basic Earnings Per Share

18

17

13.9p

18

17

8.9p

13.0p

7.7p

*Adjusted results are after adding back amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets and non-recurring items including acquisition costs.

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

•  Acquisition of Animax in September  
2018, enhancing the range of animal 
supplementation products offered by  
the Group.

•  Acquisition of NW Total in June 2019, 

bringing further technical engineering 
capabilities into the Group, achieving 
synergies within the Engineering division 
and adding new customers in the nuclear 
defence sector.

•  Acquisition of reputable Cumbrian 

all-terrain vehicle dealership in July 2019, 
increasing the range of specialist farming 
machinery available to our core farming 
customer base.

• 

Implementation of new Engineering 
divisional structure consisting of Global 
Robotics, Global Technical Services and 
UK Service and Manufacturing.

•  Significant contract wins for our Global 
Robotics business to supply equipment 
into the USA.

•  Award of significant funding from the US 

Department of Energy to develop 
‘passive cooling’ safety technology 
carrying the potential to be retrofitted to 
existing nuclear facilities.

To find out more  
visit us online at  
www.carrsgroup.com

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
02

AT A GLANCE

Carr’s Group plc is an international business operating 
across Agriculture and Engineering sectors which 
supplies products and services to over 50 countries 
around the world.

AGRICULTURE

The Agriculture division develops and manufactures a range 
of innovative livestock supplementation products under highly 
regarded brands which are distributed to customers globally.

The division also services UK farming and rural communities 
through a network of retail stores, supplies specialist equipment 
and machinery, and distributes fuels.

Locations
Our Supplements business develops 
and manufactures products from three 
sites in the UK, six sites in the USA and 
one site in Germany. These products are 
sold through a vast distribution network 
across the UK, Europe, North America, 
South America and Australasia.

Our UK Agriculture business operates 
predominantly across the north of 
England and southern Scotland 
from over 40 retail stores, machinery 
distributorships and fuel depots.

Customer Base
Our customer base includes leading 
livestock farmers across the globe  
in the dairy, beef, sheep, pig and  
equine sectors.

Brands
Our branded product ranges are 
the result of extensive research and 
development and include feed blocks 
sold under the Crystalyx®, Horslyx®, 
SmartLic® and Megastart® brands, and 
boluses sold under the Tracesure® and 
Allsure® brands.

Locations

54

UK

6

USA

1

Germany

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

See page 18 

Revenue by division

Agriculture  
Engineering  

£357.4m
£46.5m

Adjusted operating profit  
by division

Agriculture  
Engineering  

£13.6m
£5.3m

03

GROUP OVERVIEW

1831

 Founded

1,241

Employees

71

Global locations*

*    Including central offices

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ENG INEE RING

See page 24 

The Engineering division designs and manufactures bespoke 
equipment, and provides specialist technology and  
engineering solutions, for the nuclear, oil and gas, defence and 
petrochemical industries. 

Its diverse range of products and services includes robotic 
manipulators and remote handling equipment, life-of-plant  
extension technologies, radiation protection and 
decontamination services, equipment condition monitoring, 
specialist design and fabrication and precision machining. 

Product ranges 
Our range of innovative products and 
services include TELBOT® remote 
handling equipment, MSIP® life-of-plant 
extension technology, Power Fluidics™ 
waste mobilisation systems and nuclear 
decontamination services. We also 
supply specialist design, fabrication, 
testing and precision machining services.

Locations
Our Engineering division is spread across 
eight key sites globally; five in the UK, 
two in the USA and one in Germany. 
From these sites we supply products and 
services worldwide across Europe, North 
America, South America, Asia, Africa and 
Australasia. 

Customer Base
Our customers include global businesses 
and government bodies across nuclear, 
energy, pharmaceutical and utilities 
industries worldwide.

Locations

5

UK

2

USA

1

Germany

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
04

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT 

GR    WTH

REMAINS ON TR ACK

We are pleased to have delivered  
a strong performance for the year, 
achieving record levels of 
profitability and significant 
strategic progress despite 
challenging market conditions.

Review of the year
For the year ended 31 August 2019, the Group 
delivered a financial performance moderately ahead 
of the Board’s expectations.

The period saw further investment across both our 
Agriculture and Engineering divisions to enhance 
our capabilities and position the Group for further 
growth. This investment was complemented 
by acquisitions made in each division, and the 
successful implementation of measures designed to 
improve efficiencies across our businesses.

Our Agriculture division performed well in 
challenging market conditions. Unseasonable 
mild and dry weather during winter and spring 
impacted sales volumes in the UK and across 
Europe, which was in stark contrast to the colder 
weather experienced during the spring of 2018. 
Consistent wet weather in the USA also reduced 
demand for feed blocks, impacting sales volumes. 
Despite the challenging weather conditions, its 
impact on profitability was substantially mitigated 
through various cost savings, including lower 
central costs, together with better procurement 
and manufacturing efficiencies which, combined 
with the contribution from Animax, acquired in 
September 2018, enabled the division to report 
increased profits. We were also able to make 
good progress strengthening our research and 
development capabilities, particularly through our 
new facilities at Animax.

CHRIS HOLMES
Chairman

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

GR    WTH

REMAINS ON TR ACK

05

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Our Engineering division delivered another strong performance, 
building on the momentum of the previous year. Towards the end 
of the year, we brought together our existing and recently acquired 
businesses through the establishment of a new divisional structure 
comprising Global Robotics, Global Technical Services and UK 
Service and Manufacturing (replacing our Remote Handling, USA 
Engineering and UK Manufacturing businesses respectively). The 
new structure is designed to realise synergies, improve efficiencies 
and better align our products and services with the markets in which 
we operate.

This is my last set of financial results as Chairman of the Group. It has 
been an honour and a privilege to work for Carr’s, first as Managing 
Director of the Agriculture business, then as CEO of the Group, and for 
the last six years to serve as Chairman. As announced on 9 October 2019, 
following a comprehensive search process led by Senior Independent 
Director John Worby, Peter Page will take over the role of Chairman 
following our AGM in January 2020. I am confident Peter is an ideal 
candidate to take over as Chairman and I wish him and the executive 
management team the very best for the future. I know that under their 
leadership Carr’s will continue to go from strength to strength.

In June 2019, we acquired NW Total, a service and manufacturing 
company providing value-adding solutions to the nuclear defence, 
nuclear decommissioning, nuclear power generation and other 
highly regulated markets, for a total cash consideration of up to 
£9.6 million. The acquisition enhances our offering and provides 
significant opportunities, particularly in the nuclear defence market.

We will continue to assess acquisition opportunities across both of 
our divisions, which align to our strategy.

Financial review
Revenue for the year increased by 0.2% to £403.9m (2018: £403.2m). 
Adjusted operating profit, which is before amortisation of acquired 
intangible assets and non-recurring items, was up 8.4% to £18.9m 
(2018: £17.5m), with Agriculture contributing £13.6m (2018: £13.4m) 
and Engineering £5.3m (2018: £4.1m). Reported operating profit was 
up 4.8% to £17.2m (2018: £16.4m). Non-recurring items include past 
service costs relating to pensions GMP equalisation totalling £1.1m, 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets totalling £0.8m, acquisition 
related costs totalling £0.5m, and restructuring costs totalling £0.4m. 
These were offset by adjustments to contingent consideration 
totalling £1.1m, giving a net total of £1.7m.

Adjusted profit before tax was up 9.0% to £18.0m (2018: £16.6m) 
and reported profit before tax was up 5.2% at £16.3m (2018: £15.5m). 
Basic earnings per share were up by 0.8% to 13.1p (2018: £13.0p), with 
fully diluted earnings per share of 12.8p (2018: 12.7p) and adjusted 
earnings per share, excluding amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets and non-recurring items, up 5.0% to 14.6p (2018: 13.9p).

Net debt at 31 August 2019 was £23.8m (2018: £15.4m). Net debt has 
increased by £12.0m in relation to the acquisition of Animax and NW 
Total, which was offset by a small cash inflow of £3.6m for the Group. 

Dividend
The Board is proposing a final dividend of 2.5p per ordinary share, 
which together with the two interim dividends of 1.125p per ordinary 
share paid on 31 May 2019 and 4 October 2019, make a total of 4.75p 
per share for the year (2018: 4.5p). The final dividend, if approved by 
the Shareholders, will be paid on 10 January 2020, to Shareholders 
on the register on close of business 29 November 2019, and the 
shares will go ex-dividend on 28 November 2019.

Corporate governance
During the year we continued to review our governance framework 
in the light of the new Corporate Governance Code 2018, which 
has applied to the Company from 1 September 2019. In readiness 
for this, we took the decision that I would stand down from the 
Board, which was announced in December 2018. We have also 
reviewed our remuneration policies to ensure that these remain 
in accordance with best practice and taken steps to enhance how 
we engage with stakeholders and employees. As a result, we are 
confident that we should be fully aligned with the requirements of 
the new Code. As a Group, we remain committed to a robust and 
transparent governance framework, which promotes the interests of 
our stakeholders.

Outlook
The Group remains committed to delivering on its strategic objectives 
of investing in its people and its asset base, whilst continuing to drive 
innovation and expand the Group’s geographic footprint, delivering 
growth across both divisions. 

We remain confident in the prospects of the Agriculture division in 
the medium term and continue to plan for Brexit with our customers, 
suppliers and trading partners. In the UK, farmer confidence is 
becoming increasingly impacted by uncertainty around Brexit, in 
particular the future trade arrangements the UK will have with the EU 
and the rest of the world. In the USA, while the wet weather conditions 
this year impacted sales volumes, an emergence from longstanding 
drought across large agricultural regions should be beneficial for feed 
block sales in the medium term. We are pleased with the progress 
made with the integration of Animax since its acquisition in September 
2018 and are working towards establishing the business as a centre 
of excellence for innovation and product development across 
the division. We will continue to invest in the development of our 
international supplements business delivering research based value-
enhancing products to farmers globally.

In our Engineering division, order books remain strong supported 
by improved efficiencies and a strengthened management team. 
This, combined with the strategic progress during the year, provides 
confidence in the medium term. Due to contract phasing we expect 
reduced activity in Global Technical Services in the coming year,  
but confidence in the business is unaffected due to its strong order 
book. We anticipate an improved performance in Global Robotics this 
year, against reduced activity levels last year. The acquisition of NW 
Total also provides new opportunities for the division, particularly in 
the nuclear defence market. Our strategy for the division continues 
to be the development of IP-rich businesses delivering high value 
solutions into regulated markets, supplemented by acquisitions  
where appropriate.

Trading in the new financial year has started in line with the Board’s 
expectations in Agriculture. In Engineering, we have had a slower start 
than expected due to contract phasing, however, order books are strong 
and we remain confident in the full year outlook. Whilst we are fully 
aware of the challenges in our global markets, investments in people, 
facilities and new product development, supported by our strategic 
acquisitions, position the Group well for sustained future growth. 

Finally, on behalf of the Board I would like to thank our colleagues 
across the Group who, alongside our strategic partners and other 
supporting stakeholders, have been instrumental in helping to deliver 
another strong performance.

CHRIS HOLMES DL 
Chairman
20 November 2019

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
06

MARKET OVERVIEW

Our vision is to be recognised as a truly international 
business at the forefront of technology and innovation 
in our chosen markets.

AGRICULTURE

Market Trend
Production growth
In recent years production has 
grown strongly across agricultural 
commodities, reaching record 
levels in many sectors. While global 
consumption per capita of many 
products is expected to remain flat 
over the coming decade, an increasing 
world population will continue to 
underpin demand.

What this means for Carr’s

Global agricultural production is 
projected to grow by around 20% 
over the coming decade, but with 
considerable variation across regions. 
Carr’s is responding to this by building 
a globalised business footprint  
with manufacturing capability across 
the USA and Europe, and increasing 
market penetration worldwide.

20%

Forecast increase in 
agriculture production 
over the next decade

Food demand
Much of the additional food demand 
will originate from regions with high 
population growth such as Africa, 
India, and the Middle East. Demand for 
animal products such as dairy is set to 
expand fastest in the coming decade.

There is a clear need to increase 
global dairy production in a 
sustainable manner. Carr’s 
is positioning itself to lead in 
dairy nutrition. While exploring 
opportunities in the dairy sector across 
the USA, EU and UK, the business is 
focusing on improving the efficiency 
of stock rearing in the sector.

2.5% 

Forecast annual increase in  
demand for dairy products

Resource constraints
In the coming decades, resource 
constraints over water, soil, 
biodiversity and land will increasingly 
affect agricultural systems. If global 
population and food consumption 
trends continue, by 2050 the world will 
need 60% more food than is available 
today. Arable land is limited, and so 
most of this additional production 
will have to come from sustainable 
agricultural intensification.

The efficiency with which animal 
products can be produced is becoming 
increasingly critical. In short, the 
world needs to produce ‘more from 
less’. Carr’s is increasingly focused on 
sustainable intensification and some of 
the key elements of precision farming 
in livestock production. The Group is 
investing into its global agricultural 
research capability and developing a 
range of animal supplements that can 
help farmers deliver optimal efficiency. 

60%

More food required by 2050 

See page 18 

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

07

ENGINEERING

Market Trend
Nuclear decommissioning
The requirement for nuclear 
decommissioning and legacy waste 
clean-up operations continues to grow 
globally at approximately 12% per 
annum. It is expected that hundreds 
of nuclear reactors will be retired from 
use in coming decades.

What this means for Carr’s

The increase in levels of 
decommissioning and legacy clean-
up operations globally will provide 
significant opportunities for Carr’s to 
deliver innovative engineering solutions 
worldwide. Continued growth in the 
sector will enable investment in new 
technologies which will ensure that 
Carr’s remains at the forefront of 
industry standards.

12%

Forecast annual global  
growth spend in nuclear 
decommissioning 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Defence
Investment is set to continue in the 
UK defence sector through major 
national projects such as the £31bn 
Dreadnought programme, supporting 
the UK’s nuclear deterrent, and 
the ongoing nuclear submarine 
decommissioning programme. 

Continued long term investment by the 
UK Government in defence provides 
significant future opportunities to 
utilise technologies across the Group. 
Carr’s has acquired a track record of 
delivering products and services into 
this highly regulated market and is well 
placed to further develop its divisional 
capabilities to support customers in  
the sector.

£31bn

Value of UK Dreadnought 
nuclear submarines 
programme

Oil and gas
There is now greater stability in oil and 
gas markets, compared to the volatility 
seen since the downturn in 2014/2015. 

Improved confidence across oil and 
gas markets has given rise to increased 
upstream and downstream investment. 
This provides significant opportunity for 
Carr’s to deliver products and solutions 
into the sector.

6%

Forecast annual capital 
investment growth  
in oil and gas

See page 24 

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
08

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

Diversified, innovative, sustainable

Our resources

How we create value

We continue to grow by investing in our people and assets, and through 
carefully considered acquisitions which align with our strategy. We apply 
this approach across both our Agriculture and Engineering divisions, centred 
around a strong focus on innovation and technology.

IN VESTMENT I N...

Innovation and technology

During the year we 
invested in acquisitions 
across both divisions 
which have enhanced 
the innovative range of 
products and solutions 
offered by the Group. 

Talented people
We place great value in our 1,200 strong 
workforce and are committed to continuous 
development. People are critical to our success 
and we strive to provide environments in which 
our employees can reach their potential.

Global distribution network 
As a Group we have a diverse customer base 
spanning over 50 countries worldwide. Our 
strategy is to target markets with the potential for 
growth on an international scale.

Deep knowledge 
We have a deep focus on innovation and 
technology. Our businesses possess a wealth of 
specialist knowledge and we continue to invest in 
the development of new products and solutions 
which can add value to our customer base.

Well invested
We continue to invest in our businesses to ensure 
that they remain best placed to deliver our 
strategic objectives.

Long-term, trusted relationships
We are proud to have built longstanding and 
trusted relationships founded upon the quality of 
our offering, our organisational culture and our 
levels of customer service. 

Market leading 
Our businesses have market leading brands and 
products which are recognised internationally 
including Crystalyx®, AminoMax®, Horslyx®, 
Tracesure® and Allsure® in Agriculture and 
TELBOT®, MSIP® and Powerfluidics™ in Engineering.

Culture and values 
As a Group we have a clear set of values and  
are committed to investing in and engaging 
with our employees and other stakeholders to 
ensure that our businesses remain ethically and 
sustainably managed.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

09

Innovation and technology

Acquisitions

Agriculture
In September 2018 the Group acquired 
Animax, a manufacturer of market leading 
trace element supplementation products 
for livestock. The business has increased 
the range of value-adding products which 
can be distributed to farming customers 
globally.

See page 21

Engineering
The Group’s acquisition of NW Total 
Engineered Solutions in June 2019 has 
brought new technical competencies to 
our Engineering division and opened up 
significant opportunities, particularly in 
nuclear defence markets.

See pages 12-13 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Who we create value for

Employees
We continue to expand 
our employee training and 
development offering and 
enhance our engagement 
initiatives.

Training days 
delivered in 2019

722

Customers
Our success can be 
measured by the level of 
custom we continue to 
attract and retain through 
our leading product ranges 
and excellent service levels.

Number of direct 
UK Agriculture  
customers

17,000

Investors
Our strategy is designed 
to deliver sustainable 
growth. During the year 
we generated increased 
earnings across the Group 
which has enabled us to 
increase the dividends 
payable to our investors. 

Partners
As a Group we enjoy 
close relationships with a 
range of trusted strategic 
partners across the UK, 
USA and Europe. 

Dividend  
per share 

4.75p 

5.6% increase

Number of  
joint ventures  
and associates 

7

Communities
Across the Group we 
believe in supporting 
charitable initiatives and 
the communities in which 
we operate. 

Charitable  
donations 

£41k

Environment
We believe in ethical 
business practices 
including taking 
steps to minimise our 
environmental impact.

Reduction in CO2 
emissions globally

22%

per £m turnover

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
10

OUR STRATEGY

Our vision is to be recognised as a truly international business at the 
forefront of innovation and technology in our chosen markets

Strategic objectives

2019 achievements

0
1

BUI LD BUSI NES S   
VALUE BY FO CU SI NG   
ON MARKE TS WIT H   
GROWTH POT E NTI AL

0
2

GROW AND DIVE RSI FY 
OUR INTERNATI ONAL 
FOOTPRINT

0
3

DIFFER ENT IATE 
OURSELVES THRO UGH 
INNOVATION  AND 
TECHNOLO GY

0
4

LEAD IN  OUR   
CHOSEN MARK ETS

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

Our acquisition of Animax in September 
2018 enhanced our position in the livestock 
supplementation sector by increasing the 
range of value-adding products we can 
offer to farming customers. During the 
year we also progressed the development 
of our new Pick Block plant in Oldenburg, 
Germany, which is expected to begin 
manufacturing products for poultry farmers 
during 2020.

In June 2019, we acquired NW Total 
Engineered Solutions, which has brought 
strong customer relationships to the Group 
together with significant opportunities 
in nuclear defence markets for our 
Engineering division.

We have made good progress during the 
year in developing our Supplements business 
across Europe, and Canada and we continue 
to build our presence in New Zealand. We 
also enhanced our geographic reach in the 
USA through our new manufacturing plant in 
Tennessee.

The year has also seen our Global Robotics 
business achieve significant success in the 
USA building upon the reputation of our 
Global Technical Services business.

In Agriculture, we have established a centre 
of excellence for product development in 
our new facilities at Animax. We have also 
improved manufacturing processes to drive 
efficiencies and improved product quality.

Collaborative innovation is also being driven 
in our Engineering division through the 
establishment of a central management 
team. During the year we were awarded 
significant funding by the US Department 
of Energy for the development of the 
Group’s passive cooling technology, which 
represents a significant future opportunity.

Our acquisitions during the year have 
brought new products and services to the 
Group which complement our existing 
offering of recognised industry leading 
brands and value-add solutions. 

During the year we strengthened 
management teams across the Group with 
a view to providing a platform for continued 
international growth. We also restructured 
our Engineering division to better align our 
products and services with our chosen 
markets to drive further growth.

11

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Future priorities

Key performance indicators

-1.8%

Underlying sales growth/decline
2018: 13.6%

13.4%

Gross margin
2018: 13.2%

4.7%

Adjusted Group operating margin
2018: 4.3%

£8.9m

Free cash flow
2018: £9.5m

13.8%

Return on net assets
2018: 13.7%

In Agriculture, we aim to increase sales volumes across our Supplements 
business in the UK, Irish, European and New Zealand dairy sectors, and 
to enhance our market share across beef sectors in the USA and Canada. 
We are also looking forward to bringing our new Pick Block product to the 
poultry market in 2020.

Our Engineering division continues to focus on global nuclear and oil and 
gas markets, with a particular focus by our Global Robotics business on 
opportunities in the USA, Europe and Japan. The acquisition of NW Total 
provides a strong foothold into the UK nuclear defence market where we 
consider significant opportunities exist.

We will continue to develop our international presence in Agriculture across Europe, 
the USA, Canada, and Australasia through strategic partnerships and enhanced 
business development initiatives focusing on building relationships and maintaining 
excellent levels of customer service.

In Engineering we will continue to focus on global opportunities, particularly across the 
USA, Europe and Asia. Our new divisional structure aligns our products and services with 
customers in our chosen markets, and enhances our international offering. 

Key to the Group’s future is our continuous investment in the development of our 
intellectual property and product ranges, which is achieved through our culture of 
collaboration and the sharing of know-how across each of our divisions. 

We will also continue to identify suitable acquisitions which can be integrated to 
achieve synergies and enhance the range of products and solutions we offer to 
customers as a Group.

We will continue to invest in our people and in the development of new products 
and technologies, and to identify strategic acquisitions, which complement 
and enhance our range of products and services across both Agriculture and 
Engineering. Our collaborative approach and organisational culture will ensure that 
we continue to offer leading levels of service to our customer base globally.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
12

STRAT EGY IN ACTION

EXPANDING O UR

EXPERTISE &
CAPABILITIES

The acquisition will also bring significant 
synergy benefits. Being part of a larger group 
will provide NW Total with access to specialist 
manufacturing capabilities and greater financial 
and technical resources. The acquisition will also 
enable partnering with existing Carr’s businesses 
on complex multi-disciplined projects, which 
best utilise the innovative range of value-added 
solutions offered by the Group. 

In June 2019, the Group completed its 
acquisition of NW Total Engineered Solutions 
Ltd, a UK-based supplier of bespoke process 
equipment packages and on-site technical 
services to customers in the nuclear defence, 
nuclear decommissioning, energy, utilities and 
pharmaceutical sectors, for up to £9.6m.

Located in Barrow-in-Furness, Cumbria,  
NW Total is a trusted partner to some of the 
world’s largest companies across nuclear 
sectors, having developed a reputation for 
excellence over the last 25 years. The acquisition 
complements the Group’s existing capabilities, 
enhancing the range of services and depth of 
knowledge within the Engineering division, and 
brings long-standing relationships with key 
customers, particularly in the nuclear 
defence sector. 

45

Employees

25 years

Long term customer relationships

To find out more visit  
www.nwtotal.co.uk

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

13

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Being part of Carr’s Group will 
provide NW Total with access 
to specialist manufacturing 
capabilities and greater 
financial and technical 
resources. We are looking 
forward to helping drive further 
growth across the division.

—  Ian Brown 

Managing Director, NW Total 

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
14

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW

TIM DAVIES
Chief Executive Officer

We have seen a strong financial 
performance this year across 
both divisions against challenging 
market conditions for Agriculture. 
We are also pleased to report 
significant strategic progress, 
including acquisitions across both 
Agriculture and Engineering.

DELIVERING 
ON OUR

BJECTIVES

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

15

Introduction
Our financial performance during the year was 
moderately ahead of our expectations. We have 
made significant progress against our strategic 
objectives, investing both in our facilities and in 
our research and development capabilities, as 
well as through acquisitions. 

In the USA, following a period of sustained  
drought, we expect the wetter weather this year  
to provide a positive impact, as significant areas 
in the USA become more capable of supporting 
livestock grazing which is the primary  
method of nutrition supported by our  
range of supplementation products.

We remain committed to developing  
our global supplements business,  
which has been supported by our  
acquisition of Animax. The acquisition  
has enhanced our range of value- 
adding products which can be distributed 
internationally, has improved our ability  
to innovate and develop new products,  
and is enabling us to realise synergies  
in our wider Agriculture division.

We continue to consider acquisition  
opportunities which align with our strategy.

Engineering
We remain confident in the prospects for 
the Engineering division. Our UK Service and 
Manufacturing business continues to perform well, 
and order books remain strong. The acquisition of 
NW Total enhances the range of specialist services 
we offer and provides good opportunities in the 
nuclear defence market. 

Following the award of a number of contracts in 
the USA, the order book in our Global Robotics 
business has strengthened and we expect an 
improved performance in the current financial year. 
We also see global opportunities, particularly in 
Europe and Japan, over the short to medium term, 
supporting our confidence in this business.

Following a very strong year for our Global 
Technical Services business, with the award of two 
significant MSIP® contracts, we expect a reduced 
performance in the coming year owing to the 
phasing of these multi-year projects. However,  
in the medium term, the business has a strong 
order book.

Our reorganised divisional structure provides  
a better combined offering which is more  
closely aligned to our customers and the markets 
in which we operate, and the division is well  
placed for further growth. We also continue 
to consider acquisition opportunities that are 
strategically aligned.

TIM DAVIES 
Chief Executive Officer 
20 November 2019

During the year we acquired Animax, expanding 
our Supplements business, and NW Total, which 
provides new opportunities, particularly in the 
nuclear defence markets. Both businesses align 
with our strategy to grow internationally in high 
value, growing market sectors. We continue to 
identify suitable value-enhancing acquisitions, 
which complement our existing operations and 
enable us to invest in technology and innovation. 

Agriculture
In the context of a particularly challenging 
market driven by unseasonal weather, in 
marked contrast to the previous year, and 
uncertainty created by Brexit, our Agriculture 
division has delivered a robust performance.

During the year, revenue was down 0.6% to 
£357.4m (2018: £359.6m). Adjusted operating 
profit was up 1.6% to £13.6m (2018: £13.4m) 
and reported operating profit was down 0.8% 
to £12.9m (2018: £13.0m). This included the 
contribution from Animax of £0.6m to adjusted 
operating profit in its first year of trading.

Engineering 
The Engineering division has seen another 
strong financial performance. This has 
been achieved alongside the delivery of 
strategic objectives and supported by a new 
organisational structure under the leadership 
of the divisional Managing Director. The new 
structure better aligns the division with our 
customers and the markets in which we 
operate, and the creation of a central divisional 
management team brings closer collaboration 
and improved business development. 

During the year, revenue was up 6.7% to £46.5m 
(2018: £43.6m). Adjusted operating profit was 
up 30.6% to £5.3m (2018: £4.1m) and reported 
operating profit was up 49.4% to £5.1m (2018: 
£3.4m). This was led by improved performances 
in UK Service and Manufacturing and Global 
Technical Services offset by a weaker 
performance in Global Robotics.

For further information on the performance 
of our Agriculture and Engineering 
divisions, see the divisional reviews on 
pages 18 to 29. 

Outlook
Agriculture
We remain confident in the medium-term 
prospects of the UK Agriculture business.  
In the short-term we continue to prepare for 
Brexit given the ongoing uncertainty, which is 
increasingly impacting farmer confidence and 
delaying new investment decisions. 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

New feed block plant
Tennessee, USA

This year was the first of full 
production at our new low 
moisture feed block plant in 
Silver Springs, Tennessee. 
The facility has increased 
the geographic reach of our 
unique range of feed block 
products into cattle markets 
across eastern and south 
eastern states of the USA.

£18.9m

Group adjusted 
operating profit

£403.9m

Group revenue

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
16

FINANCIAL REVIEW 2019

NEIL AUSTIN
Group Finance Director

STR    NG

RESULTS

A robust performance in 
Agriculture and further 
improvements across 
Engineering have 
delivered a strong set of 
results for the year.

3.8% 

Agriculture adjusted operating margin 

11.5%

Engineering adjusted operating margin

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

Current and Future Development and Performance
The key features of the year have been the robust performance in 
Agriculture, given adverse weather conditions experienced in the UK and 
USA, and further improvement in the performance in Engineering. The 
results include 11 months of Animax, acquired in September 2018, and 2 
months of NW Total, acquired in late June 2019.

Revenue 
Reported revenues from continuing operations were £403.9m, 0.2% ahead of 
last year (2018: £403.2m).

Alternative Performance Measures 
This Financial Review and other parts of the strategic report include both 
statutory and alternative performance measures (APMs).  The principal 
APMs measure profitability excluding amortisation of acquired intangibles 
and items regarded by the Directors as non-recurring.  In management’s 
view, these APMs, which are generally referred to as ‘adjusted’ measures, 
better reflect the underlying performance of the business.  These ‘adjusted’ 
measures are used in the management and measurement of business 
performance on a day-to-day basis and are also used in assessing 
performance under the Group’s incentive plans.  A glossary of APMs is 
included towards the end of the report and accounts on page 134.

Operating Profit
Adjusted Group operating profit of £18.9m is up 8.4% on last year (2018: 
£17.5m). As a percentage of revenues, the Group’s adjusted operating margin 
is 4.7% compared to 4.3% in 2018. Reported operating profit was £17.2m 
(2018: £16.4m).

These increases are principally due to a better contract mix in Engineering 
together with the contributions from Animax and NW Total which helped 
offset the impact of the weather in Agriculture.

Adjusted operating profits per division and as a percentage of divisional 
revenues are as opposite:

17

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Adjusted Operating Profit

Agriculture
Engineering

Total

2019
%

3.8
11.5

2019
£m

13.6
5.3

18.9

2018
£m

13.4
4.1

17.5

2018
%

3.7
9.4

The Group’s share of the adjusted post-tax result in its associates 
and joint ventures was £2.7m, compared to £3.2m in 2018. The result 
reflected a fall in its associates’ profitability, driven by the adverse 
winter conditions experienced in the UK, and an increase in joint 
venture profitability, primarily driven by a strong full year performance 
of the Group’s low moisture feed block facility in Tennessee.

Amortisation and Non-Recurring Items 
The Group incurred £1.7m in respect of amortisation of acquired 
intangibles and non-recurring items in the year. This included 
acquisition costs of £0.5m, primarily related to the acquisitions of 
Animax and NW Total. There was also a charge of £1.1m additional 
pension costs relating to the equalisation of GMP, £0.3m of which 
was in the Group’s associate, following the court case against Lloyds 
as previously reported. Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
totalled £0.8m and restructuring and closure costs totalled £0.4m. 
These changes were offset by a credit of £1.1m relating to adjustments 
to contingent consideration, which reflects changes to estimates of 
the amounts of contingent consideration payable primarily in relation 
to the acquisitions of NuVision and Animax.  

Finance Costs
Net finance costs of £0.9m were broadly similar to the prior year (2018: 
£0.9m). Interest cover was 19.4 times based on reported profit (21.4 
times on an underlying profit basis) compared to 18.2 times in 2018.

Profit Before Tax
Adjusted profit before tax at £18.0m was 9.0% higher than in the 
previous year (2018: £16.6m). Reported profit before taxation was 
£16.3m (2018: £15.5m).

Taxation
The Group’s effective tax charge on profit from activities after net 
finance costs and excluding results from associates and joint ventures, 
which are recorded after tax, was 19.3% (2018: 15.1%). A reconciliation of 
the actual total tax charge to the standard rate of corporation tax in the 
UK of 19% is given in note 8 to the financial statements. The prior year 
benefited from a reduction in US tax rates.

Earnings Per Share
The profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company 
amounted to £12.0m (2018: £11.9m), and basic earnings per share was 
13.1p (2018: 13.0p), an increase of 0.8%.

Adjusted earnings per share of 14.6p (2018: 13.9p) is calculated by 
dividing the adjusted profit attributable to equity holders for the year 
by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year.

The increase of 5% reflects the 9% growth in adjusted profit before 
taxation partly offset by the higher effective tax rate in 2019. 

Acquisitions 
The Group has made two key acquisitions in the year.

Animax was acquired in September 2018 for a total potential cash 
consideration of £8.5m, of which £6m was payable upfront with a 
further amount of up to £2.5m to follow based on future financial 
performance. The resulting excess consideration over tangible net 
assets acquired of £4.8m was valued as £3.0m of acquired intangible 
assets, predominantly intellectual property and brands, and £1.7m  
of goodwill.

NW Total was acquired in June 2019 for a total potential cash 
consideration of £9.6m, of which £6m was payable upfront with a 
further amount of up to £3.6m to follow based on future financial 
performance. The resulting excess consideration over tangible net 
assets acquired of £9.8m was valued as £3.5m of acquired intangible 
assets, predominantly customer relationships and brands, and £6.2m 
of goodwill.

Further details on the acquisitions are given in note 30 to the financial 
statements.

Cash Flow and Net Debt
A free cash flow of £8.9m was generated in the year, representing  
a decrease of 6.2% on £9.5m in the previous year.

Headroom against existing facilities was £22.2m at the year end.  
The Group’s main banking facilities were renewed in November 2018 
for a five year period.

Cash flow and net debt

Operating profit
Depreciation and profit on disposal
Amortisation and impairment of goodwill
Associates and joint ventures
EBITDA (excluding associates and joint ventures)
Increase in working capital
Other
Net operating cash flow
Net interest
Taxation
Cash flow from continuing operations
Maintenance capex
Free cash flow
Expansionary capex
Acquisitions
Dividends received
Dividends paid
Loans, finance leases and financing costs
Other
Cash flows
Opening net debt
Closing net debt

2019 
£’000

17,195
4,780
943 
(2,377)
20,541
(5,001)
464
16,004
(1,098)
(2,306)
12,600
(3,670)
8,930
(2,111)
(10,707)
711
(4,761)
(1,766)
1,270
(8,434)
(15,359)
(23,793)

Pensions
The Group operates its current pension arrangements on a defined 
benefit and defined contribution basis. The defined benefit scheme 
is closed to new members and closed to future accrual. The scheme 
currently has 84 deferred members and 227 current pensioners.

The valuation on an IAS 19 accounting basis showed a surplus before 
the related deferred tax liability in the scheme at 31 August 2019 of 
£7.8m (2018: £10.1m). This is after an actuarial loss of £1.8m (2018: gain 
of £4.8m) which has been recognised in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income.

The High Court ruling in the case of Lloyds Banking Group Pension 
Trustees Ltd v Lloyds Bank plc in 2018 has led to an increase of £0.8m 
being made to the scheme liabilities through the income statement 
for past service costs.

NEIL AUSTIN
Group Finance Director
20 November 2019

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
18

DIVISIONAL REVIEW

AGRICULTURE

What we do

How we do it

The Group’s Agriculture division 
manufactures and supplies feed blocks 
and supplementation products for 
livestock, distributes farm machinery,  
and runs a UK network of rural stores, 
providing a one-stop shop for the  
farming community. 

The Group’s Agriculture division  
comprises two primary sub divisions:

Key brands 
CRYSTALYX®
HORSLYX®
TRACESURE®
ALLSURE®
AMINOMAX®
SMARTLIC®
MEGALIC®
FLAXLIC®
FEED IN A DRUM®
CARRS BILLINGTON 
WORKWARE

Geographic footprint

North America

UK and
Europe

New Zealand

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

UK Agriculture
We have a significant presence of over 40 country stores 
across northern England and southern Scotland from 
which we serve the needs of our core local farming 
customer base providing a range of retail and animal  
health products.

Our UK Agriculture business also supplies a broad range of 
compound and blended feeds for livestock under a 
number of well respected brands. 

From a number of our retail sites we specialise in the 
supply of farming machinery in the UK including all-terrain 
vehicles, tractors and combine harvesters which we 
distribute from seven sites.

The business also supplies  
fuels across the region  
from eight depots. 

£296.3m

Revenues 2019

The Group’s Agriculture division  

comprises two primary sub divisions:

19

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The value we create

£357.4m

Revenues

£13.6m

Adjusted operating 
profit

17,000

UK farming customers

784

Employees globally

Agriculture revenues

  UK   
  International 

89.9%
10.1%

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

Supplements 
We manufacture and supply a broad range of innovative 
animal nutritional supplements under well-respected 
brands. These include patent-protected feed blocks and 
boluses which effectively release trace elements into 
livestock consistently and over periods of up to six 
months. These products help to maintain animal health 
and improve performance.

Our feed blocks are manufactured at a variety of wholly-
owned and joint-venture facilities located across the UK, 
Germany and the USA. We manufacture boluses from a 
wholly owned facility in the UK. 

These products are supplied through a large distribution 
network across the UK, Europe, Middle East, New Zealand 
and North America. 

£61.1m

Revenues 2019

 
 
20

DIVISIONAL REVIEW
CONTINUED
The year in review

Performance against  
group strategy

Supplements 
Total global feed block sales volumes were 
down 6.4% compared to last year.

Revenue by sub-division

  UK Agriculture   
  Supplements 

£296.3m
£61.1m

01

Build business value by 
focusing on markets with 
growth potential
•  Acquisition of Animax 

enhancing our range of 
livestock supplements.

•  Progress towards launch of 
Pick Block product range.

02

Grow and diversify our 
international footprint
•  Continued international growth 
with focus on Europe, USA and 
New Zealand.

•  Enhanced sales team across 

Canada.

03

Differentiate ourselves 
through innovation 
and technology
•  Improved manufacturing 

efficiencies.

•  Establishment of centre of 

innovation excellence for the 
division at Animax.

04

Lead in our chosen markets
•  Added new Allsure® and 

Tracesure® product ranges.
•  Enhanced quality control in 

Supplements business.

Following a strong first quarter for our USA 
feed block business, short-term adverse 
weather conditions impacted sales volumes 
during the year. Consistently wet weather 
conditions resulted in plentiful supplies of 
forage during the year and more conservative 
purchasing of supplements by farmers. As a 
result, volumes including joint ventures were 
down 2.5% on the prior year. In the medium-
term, we expect the widespread reduction in 
drought to result in more land being available 
for livestock grazing, which provides an 
opportunity for us to increase feed block 
volumes in the USA.

The impact from adverse weather conditions 
on profitability in the USA during the year was 
offset by two factors. Firstly, our low moisture 
feed block plant in Shelbyville, Tennessee 
delivered a strong performance during its first 
full year of operation with volumes continuing 
to grow. This facility has enabled us to expand 
our geographic footprint and increase our sales 
to customers across the eastern and south 
eastern states of the USA. Secondly, we have 
driven further efficiencies across the USA 
business, improved procurement processes 
and made significant improvements in 
manufacturing efficiencies and quality control.

During the period we increased our presence 
in the Canadian market, establishing 
relationships with key distribution partners, 
expanding our sales team and completing 
key product registrations. This market can be 
serviced out of our existing facility in Belle 
Fourche, South Dakota. 

UK feed blocks sales volumes were down 
16.4% compared to the prior year, due to 
unseasonably mild and dry weather 
experienced during the period in marked 
contrast to the same period last year. Despite 
the challenging market conditions, we were 
able to mitigate the financial impact of these 
factors through improved efficiencies, strict 
control of operating costs, including lower 
central costs, and better procurement. 

Feed block sales in our joint venture business 
based in Germany, Crystalyx Products GmbH, 
were impacted by similar weather conditions 
to the UK, with volumes down 8.0% compared 
to the prior year. During the period we made 
further progress on our Pick Block plant in 
Oldenburg, Germany, which will be fully 
operational in calendar year 2020. This facility 
produces products which improve poultry 
welfare standards through environmental 
enrichment, encouraging birds to demonstrate 
a wider range of natural behaviours.

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

Our plans to grow our feed block business 
internationally continue to progress with 
emphasis on Europe, New Zealand and  
North America where we see the greatest 
potential for growth.

We have made significant strategic  
progress since acquiring Animax Limited,  
a manufacturer of trace element supplements 
for livestock, in September 2018. As part of 
the ongoing integration of the business, we 
have strengthened the management team, 
increased focus on new business development 
and enhanced production efficiencies. A key 
rationale for the acquisition was to bring 
Animax’s research and development facility 
into the Group. Through continued 
integration, this facility will become a centre 
of excellence in research and development 
for the Group’s Supplements business.

UK Agriculture
Volumes in our feed and fuel businesses 
declined during the period as a result of  
the very mild weather reducing demand. 
Consequently, total compound feed volumes 
decreased by 10.0%, against a strong 
comparative period last year. Similarly, 
volumes in our fuel distribution business  
were down 6.2% on last year. Effective 
procurement and good forward positions  
on raw materials has helped to mitigate the 
negative impact on profitability of the weather.

Despite the unseasonal weather our network 
of rural stores reported a 0.9% increase in 
overall sales during the year, with like-for-like 
sales increasing 2.1% owing to store 
rationalisation following the acquisition of 
Pearson Farm Supplies in October 2017.  
In July 2019, we acquired Cumbria based Paul 
Chuter Agricultural Services Ltd, a regional 
supplier of all-terrain vehicles, which has 
increased the range of specialist machinery 
available to our core farming customers. The 
business has been integrated into our country 
store at Cockermouth, Cumbria, to maximise 
footfall and levels of customer service.

Machinery revenues overall were down  
2.8% against a record performance last year.  
New machinery sales were, however, down 
4.6% as ongoing Brexit negotiations continued 
to impact farmer confidence.

As part of the Group’s orderly succession 
planning, we appointed a new Managing 
Director for the UK Agriculture business. 

21

27

Research and 
development trials 
underway across the 
Group in 2019

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

CASE STUDY: 
Animax
In September 2018, the Group bolstered its position in animal 
health through the acquisition of Animax. Based in Suffolk, UK,  
the business has a strong focus on innovation and specialises in 
the research, development and manufacture of highly effective 
and patent-protected supplementation products for livestock.  
As part of the Group’s integration strategy, Animax’s research 
facility is being developed into a centre of excellence for product 
development across the Agriculture division.

6

Leading product ranges acquired 

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
22

STR ATEGY IN AC TION

G ROW TH THROUG H 

INNOVATION 
EXCELLENCE

Horslyx® Balancers are carefully formulated for 
horses to balance the deficiencies in forage and 
grazing. 

Manufactured using the same patent protected 
process as the Group’s Crystalyx® range of 
products, Horslyx® Balancers ensure that horses 
receive an ideal supply of vitamins, minerals 
and trace elements to support optimum health 
and vitality. 

All Horslyx® products are NOPS and UFAS 
accredited. Ingredients are fully traceable and 
the Group’s manufacturing plant in Cumbria 
maintains a minimal waste policy. 

Carrying a well respected and market leading 
brand, and with increased sales in the UK and 
Europe in 2019, Horslyx® Balancers remain an 
excellent range of products for the Group.

16%

Sales generated overseas

7

Product ranges

To find out more visit  
www.horslyx.com

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

23

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Horslyx Balancers are made 
using our innovative cooking 
process and using the 
highest quality ingredients. 
They bring a range of 
benefits and help ensure 
that your horse remains in 
optimum condition.

—  Fiona Nellis 

General Manager, Horslyx

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
24

DIVISIONAL REVIEW

ENG INEERING

What we do

How we do it

The Group’s Engineering division designs 
and manufactures specialist precision 
components, bespoke equipment, 
robotic goods and remote handling 
equipment, and provides technical 
services, from five sites in the UK, one site 
in Germany and, two sites in the USA. 

These specialised products and services 
are supplied to customers globally 
including government bodies and some 
of the world’s largest companies and 
nuclear site operators.

Our brands 
BENDALLS ENGINEERING
CHIRTON ENGINEERING
WÄLISCHMILLER ENGINEERING
HINDSBENDALLS
CARRSMSM
NUVISION ENGINEERING 
NW TOTAL

Our global markets
We supply into highly regulated  
markets including:
 – Nuclear decommissioning
 – Nuclear power generation
 – Defence
 – Pharmaceuticals
 – Oil and gas

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

The Group’s Engineering division  
comprises three sub divisions:

UK Service 
and Manufacturing
We operate four facilities 
across the north of England 
which design, manufacture 
and service complex and 
bespoke equipment.

These facilities specialise in 
equipment to be supplied 
into regulated markets 
including electro-mechanical 
machinery, process 
equipment packages, 
pressure vessels and special 
purpose fabrications. We also 
supply a range of on-site 
technical services through 
teams of highly qualified 
personnel. 

Our businesses pride 
themselves on their 
reputation for quality and 
service excellence which has 
led to the establishment of 
longstanding and trusted 
customer relationships.

Global Robotics
Our Global Robotics 
business comprises one 
facility in the UK, one in 
Germany and one in the 
USA. These businesses 
collectively design, 
manufacture and supply a 
broad range of complex 
robotic and remote handling 
equipment.

These highly innovative 
products are delivered 
predominantly into nuclear 
markets and are designed to 
withstand radioactive and 
other challenging 
environments.

Through sustained 
investment in research and 
development we ensure that 
our Global Robotics business 
remains at the forefront of 
remote handling technology 
and that our products 
continue to provide 
innovative solutions for our 
global customer base.

The Group’s Engineering division  

comprises three sub divisions:

Global Technical Services
From our two sites in the USA, we offer a range of 
engineering applications and technical  services which 
provide innovative solutions across global nuclear 
industries.

These services include our patent protected Mechanical 
Stress Improvement Process (MSIP®), Power Fluidics™ 
technology and a range of decontamination services 
which are supplied to utilities, OEMs and government 
contractors worldwide.

Our Global Technical Services business focuses heavily  
on research and development, and has been engaged by 
governments to develop solutions to complex problems 
affecting the nuclear industry.

25

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The value we create

£46.5m

Revenues 

£5.3m

Adjusted operating 
profit

410

Employees globally 

Revenue by markets

  Nuclear 
  Oil and gas 
  Defence 
  Other 

70%
20%
3%
7%

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
26

DIVISIONAL REVIEW
CO N TI N U ED
The year in review

UK Service and Manufacturing
Our UK Service and Manufacturing business 
performed well during the year, generating 
revenues of £23.0m (2018: £18.4m). 

The business was able to successfully 
deliver a range of projects into the nuclear 
market, including the significant contract 
announced in July 2017 which is now 
nearing completion. We also delivered a 
strong performance in oil and gas markets, 
building on momentum established last 
year. The new management team has 
overseen significant improvements in 
business development, resulting in a more 
effective approach to tender opportunities, 
an increased conversion rate and a 
strengthened order book. 

In June 2019 we acquired NW Total 
Engineered Solutions Limited, a service 
and manufacturing company providing 
value added solutions to the nuclear 
defence, nuclear decommissioning, 
nuclear power generation and other highly 
regulated markets. Integration has 
commenced, and the business has 
performed well in its initial period of 
ownership. The acquisition comes at a time 
of significant opportunity in nuclear 
defence, such as the £31 billion UK 
Dreadnought submarine programme 
which is expected to continue into the 
longer term.

Global Robotics
As anticipated, our Global Robotics 
business experienced lower levels of 
activity during the year due to project 
phasing, delivering revenues for the 
financial year totalling £14.4m (2018: 
£19.5m). The order book has improved, as 
expected, during the year and we continue 
to have confidence in the medium term. 
The year was also one of strategic 
progress, securing a number of contracts 
to supply robotics equipment into the USA 
including a major project to supply $8.5m 
of equipment. Part of the strategic 
rationale for the acquisition of NuVision 
was to lever its strong foothold in the USA 
nuclear sector. 

Performance against  
group strategy

01

Build business value by 
focusing on markets with 
growth potential
•  Acquisition of NW Total brings 

opportunities in defence.
•  Strong order books across 
nuclear and oil and gas 
markets. 

02

Grow and diversify our 
international footprint
•  Significant contract wins for 

Global Robotics in USA.
•  Significant MSIP® contracts 
secured in Global Technical 
Services.

03

Differentiate ourselves 
through innovation 
and technology
•  Cross-divisional innovation 

group established. 

•  $3m funding secured for 

development of passive cooling 
technology.

04

Lead in our chosen markets
•  New structure for division to 
align products and services 
with markets.

•  Enhanced efficiencies and 

customer focus across division.

Revenue by sub-division

  UK Service and 
Manufacturing    
  Global Robotics  
  Global Technical  
Services  

49.5%
36.7%

13.8%

Revenue by location

  UK   
  Germany 
  USA 

54.7%
25.8%
19.5%

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

Establishing a Global Robotics business, 
incorporating all of the remote handling 
and robotics equipment previously 
supplied by CarrsMSM, Wälischmiller, and 
NuVision, has allowed us to bring together 
IP and knowhow from across the Group, 
positioning the business for further 
product development and global growth. 

As previously reported, the level of global 
opportunities, particularly in the USA, 
Europe and Japan, is increasing which 
provides confidence in both the short and 
longer term for this division. 

Global Technical Services
Our Global Technical Services business 
had a very strong year, generating 
revenues of £9.1m (2018: £5.7m). 

This business has a very strong order book 
and opportunity pipeline, following the 
award of a number of previously 
announced contracts, including two 
significant Mechanical Stress Improvement 
Process (MSIP®) contracts, which will 
mainly benefit the 2020/21 financial year. 

Following the award of significant funding 
from the US Department of Energy to 
develop our passive cooling technology, 
work has commenced on this project  
and is progressing well. This technology 
has the potential to be retrofitted on 
existing nuclear power plants in order to 
improve safety. 

27

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

CASE STUDY: 
Passive Cooling Technology

In 2019, our Global Technical Services business was awarded 
funding of up to $3m by the US Department of Energy towards the 
development of its Passive Cooling technology in conjunction with 
its strategic partner, DYNAC Systems LLC. 

Passive Cooling represents an engineered solution designed to 
reduce the risks associated with a loss in power at a nuclear 
facility. The system operates independently of an electrical power 
source and acts to redirect decay heat from a reactor core, 
significantly reducing the risk of catastrophic incident.

$3m

Funding secured from US Department of Energy

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
28

STR ATEGY IN AC TION

G ROWING OUR
INTERNATIONAL 
FOOTPRINT

The acquisition of NuVision Engineering, Inc. in 
August 2017 provided the Group with a strong 
foothold into nuclear markets in the USA and 
represented an opportunity to market the 
Group’s existing range of remote handling 
equipment in North America.

28

Since the acquisition, the Engineering division 
has successfully developed a Global Robotics 
business; combining the wealth of technology 
and skills within its businesses with remote 
handling capabilities: Wälischmiller, CarrsMSM 
and NuVision. The initiative was designed to 
enhance innovation in remote handling and best 
develop opportunities to supply products into 
the USA and globally.

In January 2019, the Group was pleased to 
announce that the Engineering division had 
secured its first contracts to supply 
Wälischmiller products into the USA as part of 
this initiative, including one major contract to 
manufacture a bespoke double-arm TELBOT® 
at a total value of $8.5m. This success 
represents a significant strategic milestone for 
the Group and provides the new Global 
Robotics division with a strong platform from 
which it can continue to grow.

$8.5m

Significant contract win

10

Robotics product ranges

To find out more visit  
www.carrsengineering.com

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019
CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

29

i
i
i

S
S
S
t
t
t
r
r
r
a
a
a
t
t
t
e
e
e
g
g
g
c
c
c
r
r
r
e
e
e
p
p
p
o
o
o
r
r
r
t
t
t

G
G
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e

i
i
i

F
F
F
n
n
n
a
a
a
n
n
n
c
c
c

i
i
i

a
a
a
l
l
l
s
s
s
t
t
t
a
a
a
t
t
t
e
e
e
m
m
m
e
e
e
n
n
n
t
t
t
s
s
s

This success represents a 
significant strategic 
milestone for the Group and 
provides the new Global 
Robotics division with a 
strong platform from which 
it can continue to grow.

—  Graham Hartley 

Managing Director, Engineering Division

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019
CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
30

RISK MANAGEMENT

Our success as a Group depends upon our ability to identify and maximise the opportunities  
generated by our businesses and the markets in which we operate. In doing so, we continue  
to develop an embedded approach to risk management which puts risk and opportunity assessment  
at the heart of our strategy.

Our risk appetite and approach to 
risk management
The Group adopts a risk profile aligned 
to our vision to be recognised as a truly 
international business at the forefront of 
technology and innovation.

Organisation and process
The Board assumes overall 
responsibility for the management of 
risk and for reviewing the effectiveness 
of the Group’s risk management and 
internal control systems.

Our available capital and resources are 
applied to underpin our strategy in 
accordance with our business model.

The Board believes that in operating  
the Group’s businesses it is critical to 
strike the right balance between an 
appropriate and comprehensive  
control environment and encouraging 
entrepreneurial behaviours required to 
seek out and develop the business.

However well this is struck, the business 
will always be subject to a number of 
risks and uncertainties. Our approach to 
risk management is designed to provide 
reasonable assurance that our assets 
are safeguarded. The risks facing the 
business are assessed and, where 
possible, mitigated and all relevant 
information is disclosed and reported to 
the Board.

The Board has established a clear 
organisational structure with well-
defined accountabilities for the principal 
risks the Group faces in the short, 
medium, and long term, across all 
divisions. This is overseen by the 
Executive Directors, who have an  
active responsibility for focusing on  
the principal areas of risk to the Group. 
The Board reviews these risk areas, 
including consideration of environmental, 
social, and governance matters.  
This review is undertaken quarterly.

For each of our principal risks we have a 
risk management framework detailing 
our assessment of the risk, the controls 
we have in place, who is responsible for 
managing the risk, as well as any further 
mitigating actions required.

Board’s assessment of 
compliance with the risk 
management framework
The Board reviews the principal risks 
quarterly. This is supported by an annual 
review of the risk management system 
undertaken by the Audit Committee. 
Details of the activities of the Audit 
Committee in relation to this can be 
found in the Audit Committee Report on 
pages 46 to 48. Decisions that could 
have a material impact on the Group are 
reviewed as and when required at Board 
meetings.

Principal risk factors
Our business is subject to a variety of 
risks and uncertainties. On the following 
pages we have identified the risks we 
regard as most significant to our Group 
and performance at this time. These 
may change as the Group develops over 
the year. We have commented on 
mitigating actions that we believe help 
us manage these risks. However, we 
may not be successful in deploying 
some or all of these mitigating actions.  
If the circumstances in these risks occur 
or are not successfully mitigated, our 
cash flow, operating results, financial 
position, business and reputation could 
be materially adversely affected.

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

31

Change in risk:

Increase

No change

Decrease

Key risks

Risk

Brexit

Risk versus prior year

Description of the risk

What we are doing to manage the risk

The UK’s impending exit from the European Union 
(EU) highlights a number of risks for the Group.

Part of our customer base is inherently reliant on 
agricultural subsidies from the EU, and therefore future 
government policy and support for the agricultural 
sector will potentially impact on our customers with a 
knock on effect to our Agriculture businesses.

Similarly, for some areas of the business the Group 
imports raw materials from within the EU. The 
imposition of tariffs or other related cost increases, 
together with any issues relating to availability of raw 
materials, could impact the cost base of the Group or 
its ability to service customers.

The Group benefits from its operational and 
geographic diversity and is not substantially 
dependent on the EU for either raw materials  
or revenues. 

We will continue to monitor developments in the 
Brexit process and incorporate steps into our future 
business planning where these might be required  
in order to mitigate any potentially adverse 
consequences including any arising through changes 
to agricultural subsidies and support or the imposition 
of any tariffs.

IT and  
Cyber-Security

Risk versus prior year

The Group relies on information technology and  
key systems to support the business. In common  
with other organisations, the Group undertakes 
development of its IT systems and is susceptible  
to cyber-attacks with the risk of financial loss and 
threat to the overall confidentiality and availability  
of data in systems.

Acquisitions

Risk versus prior year

The Group is acquisitive and is therefore exposed to 
the possibility of acquiring a company based on 
inaccurate information, unrealistic synergies and 
financial benefits, or an inappropriate deal structure. 

Failure to effectively integrate acquired businesses 
could also undermine any expected synergies.

Managing Costs

Risk versus prior year

Margins may be affected by fluctuations in raw 
material prices due to factors such as harvest and 
weather conditions, crop disease, crop yields, 
alternative crops, and by-product values.

In some cases, due to the basis for pricing in sales 
contracts, or due to competitive markets, we may not 
be able to pass on to customers the full amount of 
raw material price increases or higher energy, freight 
or other operating costs.

Reliance on Key 
Customers

Risk versus prior year

Some businesses within the Group have a significant 
proportion of their revenue generated from a small 
number of key customers. A loss of a number of these 
customers could adversely affect the performance of 
a division and in turn the Group. 

The Group has a comprehensive suite of IT security 
solutions in place, which are reviewed and tested by 
specialist third parties where appropriate. These have 
been further updated and improved during the course 
of 2018/19.

From a system development perspective,  
major projects are subject to appropriate project 
governance arrangements.

A thorough and careful due diligence process is 
undertaken, utilising relevant skilled internal 
personnel, as well as external expertise when 
required. Individual business unit and Group resource 
is used to analyse potential synergies and financial 
benefits. Consideration is given to the composition 
and skills of the management team of the acquired 
company and support and relevant training is provided 
by Group personnel to ensure a successful integration. 
The deal structure and proposed financing 
arrangements are determined on a case by case basis. 

Post-acquisition reviews are also undertaken to identify 
any areas for improvement in future transactions.

The Group has a number of strategies in place to 
manage this risk. These include:
•  strategic long term relationships with suppliers;
•  multiple-source suppliers for key ingredients;
•  raw material and forward energy purchasing 

policies to provide security of supply and cost; and

•  close monitoring of contract execution to ensure 

supply is within agreed terms.

The businesses have established good long term 
relationships with key customers to ensure that 
demands and expectations are met. The Group 
continues to invest in its businesses to ensure that 
they are able to satisfy customer needs and are 
market leaders. 

The Group is continually working on identifying new 
markets, products, and opportunities to expand the 
customer base of all its businesses. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
32

RISK MANAGEMENT 
CONTINUED

Key risks continued

Risk

People

Risk versus prior year

Description of the risk

What we are doing to manage the risk

The knowledge, experience and skills of our 
employees are central to the success of the Group. 
We must attract, integrate, and retain the talent 
required to fulfil our strategic growth ambitions. 
Inability to retain key knowledge and adequately plan 
for succession could have a negative impact on the 
Group’s performance.

The Group has remuneration policies designed to 
attract and retain employees with the ability and 
experience to execute the Group’s strategy.

Management development programmes are in place, 
alongside detailed succession planning across the 
Group. Succession plans for senior roles are reviewed 
by the Nomination Committee regularly. 

The Group undertakes a range of employee 
engagement initiatives with a view to maintaining 
positive workplace cultures and good working 
environments. 

Strategic 
Partners

Risk versus prior year

The Group has a number of strategic partners, 
particularly in the Agriculture division, who are 
involved either as joint venture partners or significant 
minority shareholders. A successful working 
relationship with these partners is paramount to those 
businesses’ success.

Close working relationships are maintained with all the 
Group’s strategic partners. This includes regular 
meetings, both formally and informally, and close 
involvement in the setting and monitoring of strategy 
for those businesses. In addition, arrangements are 
appropriately documented in contracts and legal 
agreements.

Customer 
Demand

Risk versus prior year

Changes in customer demand, be that retail, 
commercial or government customers, caused by 
economic factors could result in a fall in demand for 
the Group’s product offering, resulting in a significant 
loss in revenue. 

The Group operates in diverse worldwide markets, 
which provide resilience for the Group against 
difficulties faced by any one market or economy. The 
businesses are managed flexibly to react to changing 
demands in their own sector.

Treasury

We are exposed to a variety of financial risks in 
relation to treasury.

Risk versus prior year

The level of facilities are regularly reviewed by the 
Group Finance Director, and these are also regularly 
reported to and discussed by the Board.

The Group must ensure that it has an adequate level 
of facilities to provide sufficient funding to operate its 
businesses and to develop growth opportunities.

The Group operates a treasury policy of hedging all 
significant transactional currency exposures. 

Changes to the value of currencies can fluctuate 
widely and could have a significant impact on a 
division’s results. Furthermore, because the Group  
has international businesses, it is subject to  
exchange risks in the translation of the underlying  
net assets and earnings of its foreign subsidiaries  
and joint ventures.

For interest rate risk on floating rate debt, we maintain 
a mix of fixed rate debt, primarily finance leases, and 
floating rate debt. These levels are monitored and 
assessed against forecast changes in interest rates 
and forward guidance from interest rate setting 
authorities.

Business 
Continuity

Risk versus prior year

The operation of manufacturing plants involves many 
risks that could cause a temporary or permanent 
stoppage in production and could have a material 
adverse effect on the Group.

The Group has Business Continuity arrangements in 
place to enable continuity of supply, as quickly as 
practicable, of product to customers in the event of a 
natural disaster or major equipment or plant failure. A 
programme of insurance is also in place to protect 
against the cost of major business interruptions.

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

33

VIABILIT Y STATEMENT

Although the strategic plan reflects the Directors’ best estimate of 
the future prospects of the business, they have also tested the 
potential impact on the Group of a number of scenarios, over and 
above those included in the plan, by quantifying their financial 
impact and overlaying this on the detailed financial forecasts in 
the plan. These scenarios represent ‘severe but plausible’ 
circumstances that the Group could experience.

The scenarios tested included:
•  Significant reductions in profitability and cashflows associated 

with the risks highlighted above, with consumer demand 
affecting all business units and additional impacts on 
Agriculture business units from commodity costs, and from 
strategic partners; and

•  Interest costs increasing by a factor of two.

Particular attention was paid to potential uncertainties arising 
from Brexit. 

The results of this stress testing showed that, due to the stability 
of the core business, the Group would be able to withstand the 
impact of these scenarios occurring over the period of the 
financial forecasts by making adjustments to its operating plans 
within the normal course of business.

The Group also considered a number of scenarios that would 
represent serious threats to its liquidity. None of these was 
considered to be plausible.

The Group’s main banking facilities were renewed in November 
2018 for a five year period. As this covers a period beyond the 
three years of the viability assessment the inability to renew these 
facilities has not been included in the stress testing scenarios. 
Other facilities with renewal dates, or notice periods, of 12 months 
or less have been assumed to be renewed on the same terms in 
the three year financial forecasts.

Based on their assessment of prospects and viability above, the 
Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the three year period ending 31 
August 2022.

The Directors also considered it appropriate to prepare the 
financial statements on the going concern basis, as explained in 
the Basis of accounting and going concern paragraphs in the 
principal accounting policies on pages 85 to 92 of the accounts.

The Group’s business model and strategy are central to an 
understanding of its prospects, and details can be found on 
pages 8 to 13. The Group is very diverse, both operationally and 
geographically. The Group set down a strategic plan a number of 
years ago, which is subject to ongoing monitoring and 
development as described below. 

The Group’s focus is particularly on developing its Supplements 
business, because of the opportunities for international expansion 
and product development, and its Engineering business in 
nuclear sectors because of the global expansion opportunities in 
these and adjacent markets. 

The Group’s prospects are assessed primarily through its 
strategic planning process. This process is led by the Chief 
Executive across all aspects of the Group. The Board participates 
fully in the annual process through an annual strategy day, 
detailed strategic presentations on all areas of the business by 
business leaders throughout the year, and an annual half-year 
strategic update. Part of the Board’s role is to consider whether 
the plan continues to take appropriate account of the changing 
external environment.

The output of the strategic planning process is a set of Group 
strategic objectives and a number of strategic priorities for the 
forthcoming financial year. The latest updates to the strategic 
plan were finalised in May 2019 following this year’s review. This 
considered the Group’s current position and the development of 
the business as a whole over the next three years.

Given the nature of business cycles in both Agriculture and 
Engineering, it was decided that a period of three years to  
31 August 2022 was the most appropriate for the purpose of a 
viability assessment. The Group has prepared detailed financial 
forecasts for the 3 year period to 31 August 2022, so that 2 years 
10 months remains at the time of approval of this year’s annual 
report. The first year of the financial forecasts form the Group’s 
operating budget and is subject to a re-forecast process at  
the half-year. The second and third years are in a similar level  
of detail.

The Group’s principal risks are set out on pages 30 to 32. The 
purpose of the principal risks table is primarily to summarise 
those matters that could prevent the Group from delivering  
on its strategy. A number of other aspects of the principal risks – 
because of their nature or potential impact – could also threaten 
the Group’s ability to continue in business in its current form if 
they were to occur. Of the principal risks identified, the following 
are the most important to the assessment of the viability of  
the Group:
1.  Brexit;
2.  Managing costs;
3.  Reliance on key customers;
4.  Strategic partners; 
5.  Customer demand; and
6.  Treasury.

It was determined that none of these individual risks would, in 
isolation, compromise the Group’s viability.

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
34

CORPOR ATE RESPONSIBILIT Y

Stakeholders
The Group has a broad range of stakeholders with whom we 
engage to provide information about developments across  
our businesses and to understand stakeholder priorities and 
perspectives. We adopt a number of initiatives which focus  
on ensuring that a regular dialogue is maintained with our 
stakeholders, some of which are carried out directly by the  
Board whereas others are built into day-to-day management 
across the Group. 

Employees

Our people are central to our continuing success. For information on 
how we engage with our employees, please see page 35 opposite. 

Customers

We have a diverse range of customers across the Group. Our 
businesses regularly engage with customers to understand 
issues affecting them or their broader industry. Key customers 
regularly attend meetings with executives and, from time to time, 
are invited to take part in discussions with the Board. Reports 
from key meetings with executives are given to the Board.

Strategic Partners

The Group includes a number of joint ventures with strategic 
partners with whom an active dialogue is maintained. Regular 
meetings take place with joint venture partners covering strategic, 
operational and industry issues.

Investors

Community

We have a programme of announcements, presentations and 
other events for shareholders and prospective investors 
throughout the year. Each year, our preliminary results are 
released in November and our interim results are released in 
April. Each set of results is followed by an investor roadshow 
which takes place in London and copies of presentations 
delivered can be found on the Company’s website. In January,  
in conjunction with our AGM, and in July each year we release 
trading updates to investors.

In July 2019 we arranged a capital markets day at our 
Wälischmiller site in Markdorf, Germany which provided 
engagement with local management and demonstrations of 
some of our robotics products. Throughout the year, the Chief 
Executive and Group Finance Director regularly meet institutional 
investors to discuss the Group’s strategy and market perceptions. 
Board members and the Company Secretary also regularly 
engage with investors to discuss governance issues arising from 
time to time. At the last AGM in January 2019, all resolutions were 
passed with proxy votes of at least 92.7% in favour. 

The Board sets time aside during its meetings to discuss 
feedback from shareholders, including that gathered by our 
brokers and advisers. This allows all Directors to understand 
major shareholders’ views which can inform Board decisions.

The Group seeks to encourage responsible behaviours at all 
times and is committed to the communities in which it operates. 
Details of some of the key community focused initiatives carried 
out by Carr’s Group employees throughout the year are detailed 
on page 37. 

People 
People are fundamental to the delivery of our strategy and  
the long-term success of the Group. Continuing to identify  
talent and develop our people remain key priorities across all of 
our businesses. 

We promote high levels of teamwork and co-operation and 
consider these to be major contributing factors in the Group’s 
success. Our organisational culture is led from the top-down and 
places great value in the principles of trust, respect, and integrity. 

We remain committed to providing a working environment that: 
•  is consistent and fair; 
•  is diverse and free from discrimination; 
•  encourages the development of skills; and 
•  supports employee engagement. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
35

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Employee Engagement 

We strive to ensure that employees across the Group are kept 
informed about key developments and business performance. 
This is achieved through the issue of regular briefing notes by the 
Executive Directors and senior management which are circulated 
regularly. Management within the Group are also kept informed 
on issues that may affect employees which enables effective, 
transparent communication and consultation where appropriate. 

In 2018 we launched “Carr’sConnect”, an employee intranet for 
the Group. Carr’sConnect provides an excellent platform for 
communicating with our people more easily. The service not only 
ensures that our employees are aware of developments across 
the Group, but it also provides access to up to date resources. 

We also ensure that our people are listened to. During the year 
we formalised our approach to employee engagement, 
appointing Non-Executive Director Alistair Wannop as the Board’s 
representative for overseeing effective engagement with 
personnel across the Group. Executive visits to site locations now 
involve time being devoted to open employee discussion 
sessions without management present. Feedback from visits to 
date has been valuable in guiding management decisions. The 
Board also attend regular site visits collectively each year during 
which discussions take place with members of staff. Management 
also engage with employees during training and induction 
sessions which involve large numbers of staff annually.

Sharesave 

The Group operates a Sharesave scheme, in which all UK-based 
employees are entitled to participate. The Group recognises that 
the scheme is a well-established method of employee 
engagement, facilitating ownership across the Group. 

Diversity and Equal Opportunities 

The Group is committed to an active equal opportunities policy 
promoting an environment free from discrimination, harassment 
and victimisation, where everyone will receive equal treatment 
regardless of gender, colour, ethnic or national origin, disability, 
age, marital status, sexual orientation or religion. 

All decisions relating to employment practices will be objective, 
free from bias and based solely upon the needs of the business 
and individual merit. The Group is responsive to the needs of its 
employees, customers and the community at large. We are an 
organisation which uses everyone’s talents and abilities and 
which values the benefits of diversity. 

We remain committed to maintaining open, fair and non-
discriminatory recruitment and development processes across 
the Group. We promote flexible working where possible and seek 
to have full engagement in order to support any employee who 
becomes disabled during their employment. 

The Group is committed to continuing development and now 
offers a broad range of courses and seminars which are delivered 
in-house. The financial year ended 31 August 2019 saw record 
numbers of people attending courses with 722 employee days’ of 
training delivered. We also support a range of individuals across 
the Group working towards professional qualifications or 
accreditation.

Where high performing individuals are identified, we offer 
Management and Leadership Development Programmes which 
are designed to foster leadership skills and ensure that a pipeline 
of talented individuals is developed from within.

In line with the Group’s focus on continuous health and safety 
improvements, we have seen a significant increase in health and 
safety training at all levels. We expect to see a continuation of this 
trend over the next 12 months. 

During 2019, we were pleased to introduce a new E-Learning 
platform to complement our current range of classroom-based 
courses. This is now available to all employees and provides a 
large number of courses on a range of topics including health and 
safety, business and leadership skills. The platform enables 
convenient access to interactive training modules and allows 
employees to track their own progress. It maximises our ability to 
develop our people in a manner which is flexible, cost effective 
and environmentally friendly. We will continue to develop our 
E-Learning platform, which represents a significant development 
in the training available to our people.

Anti Bribery and Corruption

Carr’s operates its businesses in a culture of honesty and 
openness. The Group takes a very firm stance against unethical 
behaviours including bribery and corruption which are prevented 
through a robust framework of controls, including standardised 
policies and transparent practices, which every employee is 
made aware of and which are subject to regular review. The 
Group’s policies require the regular declaration by all personnel 
of gifts and hospitality and provide a whilstleblowing line which is 
available to all for the reporting of concerns. 

Human Rights

Carr’s is committed to the sustainable development of its 
business and to improvement in its management of socio-ethical 
issues, including ensuring that its business and its supply chains 
remain free of modern slavery and human trafficking. Whilst the 
risk of modern slavery and human trafficking within the Group 
and its supply chains is assessed as low, Carr’s remains vigilant 
and is aware that the risk of modern slavery appearing in supply 
chains can increase, particularly as the Group continues to grow. 
Carr’s will not deal with any third parties where concerns arise 
and will accordingly report such circumstances to appropriate 
authorities.

Year Overview 2019

We continue to provide extensive development opportunities for 
all employees. Our standard induction programme is now 
well-established and provides an excellent introduction to the 
Group for all new starters, including employees of acquired 
businesses as part of our integration process.

The Group operates internal policies which are supported by 
training on the issue of modern slavery which both protect 
against risks and promote awareness. A whistleblowing line is 
also available for the reporting of concerns. We also carry out 
appropriate due diligence on supply chains and engage with 
suppliers in relation to their policies on tackling slavery and 
human trafficking. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
36

CORPOR ATE RESPONSIBILIT Y 
CONTINUED

Health & Safety 
The diversity of businesses within the Group presents a broad 
range of potential hazards, from slips and trips in an office, 
machinery hazards and heavy lifting in engineering workshops, 
manual handling and transport safety around members of the 
public in retail branches, to the safe handling and storage of 
component ingredients at manufacturing locations.

Environment
The Group remains committed to protecting the environment  
and reducing the impact of its businesses through best practice. 
We have an Environmental Committee which includes senior 
members of management from across the Group and which 
meets regularly to consider energy consumption, waste, and 
opportunities including initiatives to make improvements. 

Due to the varied risk profiles across the Group, safety 
management systems are operated within the individual 
businesses, and those who are accredited to internationally 
recognised standards such as OHSAS1 18001 have succeeded in 
retaining these during the year.

An updated Group Health and Safety Policy has been issued, 
outlining the arrangements in place for ensuring that health and 
safety standards are maintained. It is the responsibility of 
individual business leaders to ensure that their organisations 
comply with the policy. 

During the year we adopted a new Group Environmental Policy 
which makes subsidiary businesses and their leaders responsible 
for making environmental improvements. Across the Group we 
monitor energy consumption, carbon generation, water utilisation, 
waste generation, recycling and transport fuel consumption.  
We also monitor changes to legislation and best practice.

The Group’s second Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme audit 
was carried out during the year. The recommendations from that 
audit will be considered by the Environmental Committee in the 
current year and any appropriate actions implemented.

The training programme continues, with IOSH2 accredited courses 
being provided, and an E-Learning programme having been 
launched to provide a blended approach for staff. A new Group 
wide occupational health service is to be put into place to 
increase the visibility and quality of service delivery. 

Reported Incidents

Group

All injuries 
RIDDOR3 injuries
All injuries average IFR
RIDDOR average IFR

2018 
– 2019

2017 
– 2018

78
5
522
20

56
4
-
-

During the year, we have taken steps to increase safety 
awareness across the Group which has resulted in greater 
numbers of incidents being reported.

We have also adopted a practice of monitoring incident 
frequency rates (IFRs) which enables incident numbers to be 
reviewed consistently taking headcount changes into account. 
IFRs are calculated on the basis adopted by the Health and Safety 
Executive being number of incidents/headcount multiplied by a 
factor of 100,000. 

Over the last 12 months, an increase in IFRs has been seen, again 
reflective of improved reporting, with a 12 month all injuries 
average from September 2018 to August 2019 of 522, and RIDDOR 
injuries of 20. This will continue to be calculated and monitored 
within each business, division and across the Group into the next 
financial year. 

The Group remains fully committed to preventing accidents and 
ill health, and will continue to strive to find new ways to enhance 
safety standards, increase awareness and continually drive 
a strong safety culture.

1 
2 
3 

 Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series
 Institute of Occupational Safety & Health 
 Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

Our energy-intensive UK feed blocks business continues to benefit 
under its Climate Change Discount Agreement having met its 
carbon emission reduction targets during the year.

During the summer of 2019, we were delighted to install solar 
panels on the roofspace at our Animax site in Suffolk, which will 
meet the electrical requirements of the business going forwards 
in an environmentally friendly way. We are currently considering 
the viability of similar installations at other Group locations. We 
have also taken similar steps to improve efficiencies such as the 
installation of LED lighting at appropriate sites.

All UK Group locations purchase their energy from Haven Power 
Limited which sources over 93% of its electricity supplies from 
renewable resources4.

Packaging

The impact of packaging on the environment has come under 
significant focus during the year. We recognise the challenges 
posed by certain packaging types, single use plastics in 
particular, and have formed a working group to look at alternative 
packaging materials, considering how they can be practically 
utilised. This work will take the output from materials research 
being conducted in the UK and the USA and from customer-
facing trials. 

Carbon Reduction Performance

CO2 tonnes

Agriculture, UK
Agriculture, overseas
Engineering, UK
Engineering, overseas 
Head Office 
Transport5
Group total 

2018 
– 2019

4,613

6,269

581

244

77

-

11,784

2017 
– 2018

2,406

7,924

996

476

55

3,246
15,1036

The carbon reduction data has been reported in accordance with 
environmental reporting guidelines including the Streamlined 
Energy & Carbon guidance updated and re-issued in March 2019.

4 
5 

6 

 Haven Power Limited Annual Disclosure Statement 2019
 Transport figures for 2018/19 have been included in the divisional splits 
above
 Reported incorrectly at 18,806 in 2017/18 owing to the incorrect reporting of 
11,637 tonnes under Agriculture, overseas

37

For a fourth consecutive year, Carrs Billington is supporting 
WellChild, the national charity for seriously ill children. The 
business has so far donated over £30,000 through fundraising 
and from the proceeds of purple wrap and netting, and from the 
fundraising activities of its staff. Carrs Billington raises awareness 
through its competition and social media campaign which 
encourage customers to share pictures of eye-catching purple 
hay bale displays. 

Carr’s also continues to support Carlisle Youth Zone, which 
provides a safe and fun environment designed to support the 
social, recreational and emotional development of young people 
in the area.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Group did not generate any additional gases other than 
carbon dioxide during the year. 

Data for Animax and Paul Chuter Agricultural Services, acquired 
during the year, has been included. Data for Head Office has 
shown an increase due to the inclusion of all company mileage. 

The total amount of carbon dioxide generated across the Group 
for the year was 11,784 tonnes, a significant reduction on the prior 
year. The relative carbon footprint of the Group therefore equates 
to 29.2 tonnes per £m turnover. By comparison the footprint for 
the previous years was 37.5 tonnes per £m turnover. This equates 
to an overall reduction of 22%.

Social Engagement
Carr’s takes an active role in supporting the communities in which 
it operates. That support takes a variety of forms including 
charitable monetary donations, fundraising, partnering initiatives 
and voluntary work. 

In 2019, Carr’s partnered with Yorkshire Dales Millennium Trust in 
a three-year initiative to create a lasting legacy for agriculture in 
the Yorkshire Dales and surrounding areas. The programme will 
provide support for people, innovation and the environment to 
deliver sustainable farm improvements. It will also see the 
creation of new native broadleaf woodlands, which are not only 
hugely valuable habitats for wildlife but also provide areas of 
shelter for farm animals and help with flood risks and soil erosion.

Non-Financial Statement

Reporting requirement

Group policies and standards 

Environmental matters

Environmental Policy

Additional information

See pages 36-37

Employees

Human rights

Employee Handbook, Health and Safety Policy

See pages 34-35

Employee Handbook, Modern Slavery Statement  
and Policy

Social matters

Charitable Donations Policy

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery

Anti-Bribery Policy

See page 35

See page 37

See page 35

Policy implementation and due 
diligence

Employee Handbook, financial and other controls  
and internal due diligence/integration processes

See our Strategic Report on pages 1-37

Description of principal risks and 
impact on business activity

Description of the business model

-

-

See pages 30-32

See pages 8-9

Non-financial key performance 
indicators

Environmental Policy, Health and Safety Policy, 
Employee Handbook 

See our Strategic Report on pages 1-37

This Strategic Report was approved by the Board on 20 November 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

TIM DAVIES 
Chief Executive Officer

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
38

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Chris Holmes
Non-Executive Chairman 
Chris joined Carr’s in 1991 as the Managing Director of the Agriculture 
business, having previously worked for J Bibby & Sons. Chris was 
appointed Chief Executive in 1994, and remained in that role until he was 
appointed Chairman in 2013. He is currently Chairman of Carlisle Youth 
Zone, having been appointed in 2013. Chris will be standing down as 
Non-Executive Chairman and from the Board at the conclusion of the 
Company’s AGM in January 2020.

Tim Davies  
Chief Executive Officer
Tim joined Carr’s in March 2013 as Chief Executive. Tim was formerly the 
Group Managing Director at Openfield. Prior to this, he progressed from 
Sales Director to Managing Director of Grainfarmers plc in 2005. He 
subsequently led the successful merger of Grainfarmers plc and Centaur 
Grain Ltd in 2008, forming Openfield, the largest farmer-owned grain 
marketing business in the UK. Tim continued in his role as Group Managing 
Director until 2013. He was a Director of the Agricultural Industries 
Confederation between 2003-2016.

N

—

Neil Austin 
Group Finance Director
Neil joined Carr’s in January 2013 and became Group Finance Director in 
April 2013. Neil was formerly a Director at PwC, having joined as a graduate 
in their Newcastle office in 1997. He was appointed as a Director of the 
Newcastle office in 2007 with lead responsibility for part of the Assurance 
practice, and has experience with FTSE 350 companies and multi-nationals.

John Worby
Senior Independent Director
John was appointed a Non-Executive Director in April 2015. John is  
currently Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee of Hilton Food Group plc. He was previously the Finance 
Director of Genus plc and a Non-Executive Director of Cranswick plc and 
Fidessa Group plc. John is a chartered accountant and a member of the 
Financial Reporting Review Panel.

—

N

R

A

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

39

Committee membership

N

R

Nomination

A

Audit

—

None

Remuneration

Chairman

Alistair Wannop
Non-Executive Director
Alistair was appointed a Non-Executive Director in 2005. Alistair has been 
the Chairman of both the County NFU and the MAFF northern regional 
advisory panel. He has served as a Director of The English Farming and 
Food Partnership, Rural Regeneration Cumbria, and Cumbria Vision. 
Alistair is a fellow of the Royal Agricultural Society of England and 
between 2017-2018 held office as High Sheriff of Cumbria. In 2019,  
Alistair was appointed as the Board’s Non-Executive Director for Employee 
Engagement.

Ian Wood 
Non-Executive Director 
Ian was appointed to the Board on 1 October 2015. He retired as the 
Commercial Director, International Business Development for Centrica 
(previously British Gas) in January 2016 having held a number of positions 
with the Company, covering various aspects of the business including 
engineering, customer services, industrial and commercial marketing, and 
energy trading within the UK, Continental Europe and North America. Ian is 
a Director of Talkin Energy Ltd and Chief Executive of Cumbria County 
Holdings Ltd.

N

R

A

N

R

A

Peter Page
Non-Executive Director and Chairman Designate
Peter was appointed a Non-Executive Director in November 2019. Peter 
will take over as Non-Executive Chairman upon Chris Holmes standing 
down from the Board at the Company’s AGM in January 2020. Peter was 
previously Chief Executive Officer of Devro plc, a position he held for  
11 years until 2018, and brings to the Board his extensive international 
experience and knowledge of agriculture sectors. 

Matthew Ratcliffe 
Company Secretary and Legal Counsel
Matthew joined Carr’s in November 2016 as Company Secretary and Legal 
Counsel. Matthew is a solicitor with a breadth of experience working 
alongside both international and local businesses in corporate, 
commercial and contentious matters. He began his career with Pinsent 
Masons before joining a Cumbrian law firm in 2009 and being appointed a 
Director in 2014.

N

R

—

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
40

CORPOR ATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

In readiness for the 2018 Code, the Board 
has formalised its processes for engaging 
with our growing workforce, with Alistair 
Wannop taking on the role of Board 
Representative for Employment 
Engagement. The Board has also revisited 
the Group’s policy on diversity and 
inclusion, as we strive to ensure that  
there is an appropriate balance of skills 
and backgrounds both at Board level  
and within management teams across  
the Group. 

Good governance is central to the integrity, 
reputation and performance of the Group. 
As best practice continues to develop, the 
Board remains committed to maintaining 
its high standards.

CHRIS HOLMES DL
Chairman
20 November 2019

Overview
The Group’s governance framework is 
designed to safeguard its long-term 
success for the benefit of shareholders 
and other stakeholders. It continues to 
evolve as the Group develops and 
promotes transparency, respect and 
accountability. It ensures that the Board 
can operate in a culture of openness 
which, coupled with its wealth of expertise 
and the collaborative attitude which 
permeates the Group, optimises its 
effectiveness. 

This report describes how the Group 
adopts the principles of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2016, which applied  
to the Group in the financial year ended  
31 August 2019, and I am pleased to  
report that the Group remained in full 
compliance throughout.

In this report we also describe the steps 
that have been taken so far in order to 
align the Group’s governance framework 
with the Corporate Governance Code 2018. 
The 2018 Code applies to the Group for  
the financial year ending 2020 and will be 
reported on fully in our Annual Report and 
Accounts next year. 

Given the new rules on Chairman tenure 
set out in the 2018 Code, we announced in 
December 2018 that I would be standing 
down as Non-Executive Chairman, and 
from the Board, at the conclusion of the 
forthcoming AGM in January 2020. I am 
delighted that the Board has been able to 
appoint Peter Page to take on the role 
when I step down, and I wish him well in 
leading the Group as it continues to grow. 

CHRIS HOLMES
Chairman

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the 
Board, I am pleased to 
present our Corporate 
Governance report for 
the financial year 
ended 31 August 2019.

Corporate Governance 
Highlights
•  Appointment of Alistair Wannop as 
the Group’s Non-Executive Director 
for Employee Engagement.

•  Appointment of Peter Page as 
Non-Executive Director and 
Chairman Designate.

•  KPMG’s first year as external 

auditor to the Group following 
appointment at January 2019 AGM.

•  Alignment of the Group’s 

governance framework with  
the new Corporate Governance 
Code 2018.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

41

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Statement of Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 sets out standards of good practice in relation to issues such as:
•  Board composition and effectiveness;
• 
• 
• 
• 

the role of Board committees;
risk management;
remuneration; and
relationships with shareholders.

We are required to state how we have applied the principles contained in the Code and explain any areas where compliance has not 
been possible during the year. 

The Board considers that the Company has, during the year ended 31 August 2019, complied with the requirements of the Code in  
their entirety. 

The Board
The Directors have a collective duty to promote the long term success of the Group for its shareholders. In determining long-term 
strategy and objectives of the Group, the Board is mindful of its duties and responsibilities to shareholders as well as employees and 
other stakeholders. The Board reviews management and financial performance, and monitors strategic delivery and achievement of 
business objectives.

The Board’s time can be grouped into six key areas as outlined below. A portion of their time is also spent on administrative matters.

Strategy

Risk

Governance

Setting strategic aims and objectives.

Setting organisational cultures and 
behaviours.

Reviewing new business developments 
and opportunities including potential 
acquisitions. 

Investing in research and technology.

Oversight of the Group’s risk and internal 
control framework.

Compliance with legal, regulatory and 
disclosure requirements.

Consideration of feedback from external 
and internal audit.

Determination of matters reserved for the 
Board and terms of reference for Board 
Committees.

Board and Committee performance 
evaluation.

Succession planning and Board 
appointments.

Finance

Approving budgets.

Monitoring financial performance.

Stakeholder engagement

Health, Safety and Environmental

Engagement with employees, 
shareholders and other stakeholders and 
consideration of feedback.

Consideration of Health, Safety and 
Environmental reports from management.

Oversight of the preparation and 
management of the financial statements.

Approval of public announcements.

Providing support where appropriate to 
drive continuous improvement.

Consideration of feedback from investor 
meetings and roadshows.

Approving major capital projects or 
materially significant contracts.

Determining dividend policy.

Determining pensions strategy.

The powers of the Directors are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association. In addition, the Directors have responsibilities and 
duties under legislation, in particular the Companies Act 2006.

During the year ended 31 August 2019, the Board comprised of two Executive Directors, a Non-Executive Chairman, and three Non-
Executive Directors. There is a Company Secretary to the Board. The biographies of the Board can be found on pages 38 to 39. 
Subsequent to the year end, Peter Page was appointed to the Board as Non-Executive Director and Chairman Designate.

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
42

CORPOR ATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
CONTINUED

The Board met on 12 scheduled occasions throughout the year. In 
addition to regular scheduled meetings, a number of conference 
calls took place during the year in order to deal with specific 
business arising. Board agendas are set by the Chairman in 
consultation with the Executive Directors and with the assistance 
of the Company Secretary. All Directors are expected to attend 
scheduled Board meetings and relevant Committee meetings in 
addition to the Annual General Meeting unless they are prevented 
from doing so by prior work or extenuating personal 
commitments. Directors who are unable to attend a particular 
meeting receive relevant briefing papers and are given the 
opportunity to discuss any issues with the Chairman, the Chief 
Executive or the Group Finance Director. 

To enable the Directors of the Board to carry out their 
responsibilities, all Directors have full and timely access to all 
relevant information. The Board maintains a schedule of matters 
reserved for the Board which is reviewed against best practice. A 
summary of those matters is set out below and a full schedule is 
available on the Company’s website. 

The Board is responsible for:
• 
the Group’s strategy;
•  acquisitions and divestment policy;
•  corporate governance, risk and environment policy and 

• 

The Chairman is responsible for:
•  providing effective leadership of the Board;
•  promoting ethical behaviours and high standards of corporate 

governance;

•  ensuring the effectiveness of the Board in determining and 
developing strategy, and in fulfilling its responsibilities;

•  setting the Board agenda;
•  ensuring that members of the Board are well informed to 

enable the Board to make sound and effective decisions and 
ensure constructive discussion;

•  ensuring effective communication with shareholders and other 

• 

stakeholders;
identifying and meeting (in conjunction with the Company 
Secretary) the developments needs of the Board and for each 
Director; and

•  providing strategic insight and a sounding board for the Chief 

Executive on key business decisions, and challenging 
proposals where appropriate.

The Chief Executive is responsible for:
• 

the executive management of the Group’s business, to deliver 
the strategy and commercial objectives agreed by the Board;
researching and proposing the Group’s strategy and 
commercial objectives, which are developed in conjunction 
with the Chairman;

management;

•  approval of budgets;
•  general treasury policy;
•  major capital expenditure projects;
•  dividend policy; and
•  monitoring the Group’s profit and cash flow performance.

•  effecting the decisions of the Board and its Committees;
•  maintaining and protecting the reputations of the Group and its 

subsidiaries;

•  establishing an annual budget consistent with the agreed 

strategy to be agreed by the Board;

•  managing the performance of the Group against the agreed 

The Board has delegated authority to the Audit, Remuneration, 
and Nomination Committees to carry out certain tasks as defined 
in their written terms of reference approved by the Board; these 
are also available on the Company’s website. 

The Code stipulates that there should be a clear division of 
responsibility between Board governance and executive 
management.

budget;

•  ensuring that dialogue is maintained with the Chairman on 

important issues facing the Group;

•  providing information and advice on succession planning to 
the Board, and managing executive succession planning;

•  providing information and advice to the Board on health, safety 
and environmental issues and overseeing the Group’s strategy 
on such matters; and

•  setting the Group’s culture, values and behaviours and 

conducting the affairs of the Group adhering to the highest 
standards of integrity and good governance.

Elections
The Company’s Articles of Association provide that one third of 
the Directors retire by rotation each year at the Annual General 
Meeting. The Board consider it best practice however to require 
all Directors to retire and stand for re-election annually. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
43

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Attendance and Agenda
In advance of all Board meetings the Directors are supplied with detailed and comprehensive papers covering the Group’s strategy, 
performance and operations. Members of the executive management team attend and make presentations as appropriate at meetings 
of the Board. The Company Secretary is responsible to the Board for the timeliness and quality of information.

Details of the number of scheduled meetings of, and members’ attendance at, the Board and the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees during the period are set out in the table below.

Meeting Attendance

No. of meetings

Chris Holmes
Tim Davies
Neil Austin
Alistair Wannop
John Worby
Ian Wood

*  Attended meeting in full or part by invitation 

Support 
Directors can obtain independent professional advice at the 
Company’s expense in performance of their duties as Directors. 
None of the Directors obtained independent professional advice 
in the period under review. All Directors have access to the advice 
and the services of the Company Secretary. In addition to these 
formal roles, the Non-Executive Directors have access to senior 
management across the Group either by telephone or via 
involvement at informal meetings.

Directors’ Conflicts of Interest
The Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s Articles of 
Association require the Board to consider any potential conflicts 
of interest. The Board has a policy and procedures for managing 
and, where appropriate, authorising actual or potential conflicts of 
interest. Under those procedures, Directors are required to 
declare all directorships or other appointments to organisations 
that are not part of the Group and which could result in actual or 
potential conflicts of interest, as well as other situations which 
could result in a potential conflict of interest. 

The Board is required to review Directors’ actual or potential 
conflicts of interest at least annually. Directors are required to 
disclose proposed new appointments to the Chairman before 
taking them on, to ensure that any potential conflicts of interest 
can be identified and addressed appropriately. Any potential 
conflicts of interest in relation to proposed Directors are 
considered by the Board prior to their appointment. In this 
financial year there have been no declared conflicts of interest.

Board

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

12

12
12
12
12
12
12

3

3*
3*
3*
3
3
3

6

6*
N/A
N/A
6
6
6

5

5
5*
5*
5
5
5

Board Evaluation 
Each year the Board undertakes a review of its effectiveness.  
The Board last undertook an independent external review in 2017, 
which was conducted by Independent Audit Limited. That review 
covered the whole Board, together with its Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees which were each considered 
separately. Particular focus was given to the effectiveness and 
appropriateness of the composition of the Board and of the 
Committees. Scrutiny was also applied to the question of the 
continued independence of Non-Executive Directors. The 
external review drew positive conclusions including that the 
Board and its Committees were performing effectively and were 
appropriately constituted. The report went on to make certain 
further recommendations including the planning of agendas to 
include further business-specific reviews and increasing the 
focus on succession planning and people issues more generally. 
The 2017 external review was supplemented by an internal review 
in 2018.

In 2019, the Board carried out a further internal review which built 
upon the previous external and internal reviews. This was led by 
the Chairman with the assistance of the Company Secretary. The 
review commenced with discussions between the Chairman and 
the Company Secretary, together with a review of the findings of 
prior reviews and of progress made during the year against 
recommendations for improvements. The discussions led to the 
design of a questionnaire which was disseminated to members of 
the Board. Responses to the questionnaires were collated by the 
Company Secretary and a report presented to the Board detailing 
any views expressed by members of the Board on an anonymous 
basis, together with progress made to date against previous 
recommendations. That report was the subject of a detailed and 
constructive discussion by the Board.

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
44

CORPOR ATE GOVERNANCE REPORT 
CONTINUED

The 2019 review demonstrated that good progress had been 
made towards addressing the recommendations previously 
made. In particular, the Board agenda continues to include 
regular site visits across the Group, which gives the Board greater 
exposure to senior management and a deeper understanding  
of operations. Greater focus is now also placed on succession, 
diversity and people issues both by the Board and the Nomination 
Committee. The 2019 review confirmed the conclusions drawn  
in 2017 and 2018 that the Board and its Committees were 
performing effectively and were appropriately constituted.  
The review also noted the increased level of internal audit activity 
and that financial KPIs in the Engineering division were now being 
well reported, following the recommendation of the 2018 review. 
Further actions agreed by the Board following the 2019 review 
included continuing to place further emphasis on succession 
planning, continuing the Board’s review of the Group’s corporate 
governance framework in the light of the Corporate Governance 
Code 2018 and increasing the level of internal audit activity across 
the Group.

During the year, the Chairman also evaluated the performance of 
the Directors through informal discussions and observations. The 
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and the other 
Non-Executive Directors have met, without the Chairman present, 
to appraise his performance.

Overall the Board considered the performance of each Director to 
be effective and concluded that the Board and its Committees 
provide effective leadership and that appropriate governance and 
controls are in place. The Board will continue to review its 
procedures, effectiveness and development in the future.

Non-Executive Director Independence
The Board’s views on Non-Executive Director independence were 
also reconsidered as part of the 2019 internal review. This was 
afforded greater focus owing to Alistair Wannop serving as a 
Non-Executive Director for more than nine years. In carrying out a 
detailed assessment, the Board considered the findings of the 
previous external and internal Board evaluation reports which did 
not highlight any issues or concerns. In particular, the Board again 
noted that Alistair Wannop had no material business relationships 
with the Company, does not hold a significant shareholding,  
does not represent any shareholder, does not have any family 
connections with the Company, and has not served the Company 
in any capacity other than as a Non-Executive Director. The Board 
accordingly determined that the independence of Alistair 
Wannop was not compromised by his tenure, and that there were 
no circumstances which could give rise to his independence 
being questioned. The Board was entirely satisfied that Alistair 
Wannop continued to exercise the level of objectivity and 
challenge that would be expected of an independent Non-
Executive Director and that his knowledge of the Group and the 
markets in which it operates remained of significant benefit to the 
Board. 

The Board is accordingly entirely satisfied that Alistair Wannop, 
Ian Wood and John Worby are independent. Upon his 
appointment as Non-Executive Director and Chairman Designate 
on 1 November 2019, Peter Page was assessed by the Board to be 
independent. The question of Non-Executive Director 
independence is a matter which is kept under review and 
thoroughly assessed annually by the Board. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

Board Committees
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee’s key function is to review the effectiveness 
of the Company’s financial reporting and performance of the 
external auditor.

The Audit Committee comprises three independent Non-
Executive Directors: John Worby (Chairman), Ian Wood and Alistair 
Wannop. The Board considers that the Committee meets the 
requirements of the Code and is appropriate for a company its 
size. In particular, the three members bring financial, agricultural 
and engineering experience to the Committee together with a 
good understanding of the businesses within the Group and the 
risks that they face. The work, responsibilities and governance of 
the Audit Committee are set out on pages 46 to 48. The Chairman 
of the Audit Committee will be available at the AGM to answer 
any shareholder questions on the Committee and its activities.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee’s primary role is to review and set 
the reward structures for Executive Directors and other senior 
management to ensure that these promote the correct 
behaviours and are appropriate when considered in conjunction 
with the levels of pay and benefits offered across the Group.

During the year, the Remuneration Committee comprised three 
independent Non-Executive Directors: Ian Wood (Chairman), John 
Worby and Alistair Wannop. On 1 November 2019, Peter Page also 
became a member of the Committee which accordingly now 
comprises four independent Non-Executive Directors. The work, 
responsibilities and governance of the Remuneration Committee 
are set out on pages 52 to 64. The Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee will be available at the AGM to answer any 
shareholder questions on the Committee and its activities.

Nomination Committee
The role of the Nomination Committee is to ensure that an 
appropriate balance of skills, experiences and backgrounds is 
achieved across the Board, and that the Group is properly 
prepared for the succession of members of the Board and senior 
management.

During the year the Nomination Committee comprised of Chris 
Holmes (Chairman), Alistair Wannop, John Worby and Ian Wood. 
The work, responsibilities and governance of the Nomination 
Committee are set out on pages 49 to 51. On 1 November 2019, 
Peter Page also became a member of the Committee. The Chair 
of the Nomination Committee will be available at the AGM to 
answer any shareholder questions on the Committee and its 
activities.

Relations with Shareholders
The Board recognises and values the importance of good 
communications with all shareholders. The Group maintains 
dialogue with substantial and institutional shareholders and 
analysts, and hosts presentations on the preliminary and interim 
results. Shareholders have access to the Company’s website at 
www.carrsgroup.com.

 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Group’s internal controls systems cover controls over the 
financial reporting process, including monthly reporting from 
subsidiaries, its associate and joint ventures. This reporting is 
subject to detailed review by the Chief Executive and the Group 
Finance Director and detailed validation by the Group finance 
team, and forms the basis for information presented to and 
reviewed by the Board. All monthly reporting is prepared in line 
with Group accounting policies, which are reviewed annually and 
are also subject to review by the external auditors.

The management of the Group’s businesses identified the key 
business risks within their operations, considered the financial 
implications and assessed the effectiveness of the control 
processes in place to mitigate these risks. The Audit Committee 
also reviewed the effectiveness of the risk management and 
internal control systems. The Board reviewed a summary of the 
findings and this, along with direct involvement in the strategies 
of the businesses, investment appraisal and budgeting process, 
enabled the Board to report on the effectiveness of internal 
control. A summary of the risk management framework and key 
risks to the business are set out on pages 30 to 32.

By order of the Board

MATTHEW RATCLIFFE
Company Secretary
Carlisle
CA3 9BA
20 November 2019

45

We engage with our shareholders through our regular 
communications. Significant matters relating to trading or 
development of the business are disseminated to the market by 
way of Stock Exchange announcements. We announce our 
financial results on a six-monthly basis with all shareholders 
receiving a half year statement, and we produce trading updates 
during the year. All reports and updates are made available on the 
Company’s website.

The Annual General Meeting provides all shareholders with the 
opportunity to develop further their understanding of the Group. 
It is the principal forum for all the Directors to engage in dialogue 
with private investors. All shareholders are given the opportunity 
to raise questions on any matter at the meeting and time is set 
aside following the meeting for shareholders to hold discussions 
with Directors directly. The Group aims to send notices of Annual 
General Meetings to shareholders at least 20 working days before 
the meeting, as required by the Code, and it is the Company’s 
practice to indicate the proxy voting results on all resolutions at 
the meetings. Following the AGM, the voting results for each 
resolution are published and are available on the Company’s 
website.

Fair, Balanced and Understandable
The Directors have also reviewed the financial statements and 
taken as a whole consider them to be fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business model 
and strategy.

Internal Control 
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the Group’s 
systems of internal control and internal audit, and for reviewing 
their effectiveness, including: financial, operational and 
compliance controls and risk management, which safeguard the 
shareholders’ investment and the Group’s assets. Such systems 
can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss, being designed to manage rather 
than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives.

The Board of Directors is not aware of any significant losses 
caused by breaches of internal control in the year.

The Group operates within a clearly defined organisational 
structure with established responsibilities, authorities and 
reporting lines to the Board. The organisational structure has 
been designed in order to plan, execute, monitor and control the 
Group’s objectives effectively and to ensure that internal control 
becomes embedded in the operations. The Board confirms that 
the key on-going processes and features of the Group’s internal 
risk-based control system have been fully operative throughout 
the year and up to the date of the Annual Report being approved. 
These include: a process to identify and evaluate business risk;  
a strong control environment; an information and communication 
process; a monitoring system and a regular Board review for 
effectiveness. The Group Finance Director is responsible for 
overseeing the Group’s internal controls. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
46

AUDIT COMMIT TEE REPORT

Introduction 
This has been the first year in which KPMG 
LLP (‘KPMG’) has acted as the Group’s 
auditor, having been appointed by 
Shareholders at the AGM on 8 January 2019 
following the recommendation of the 
Board and the tender process conducted 
by the Committee in the spring of 2018.

Composition of Committee 
and Meetings
The Audit Committee comprises three 
Non-Executive Directors, John Worby, who 
is Chairman of the Committee and Ian 
Wood and Alistair Wannop. The Chairman 
of the Committee has recent and relevant 
financial experience and collectively the 
members of the Committee have 
experience of the agricultural and 
engineering industries. Details of 
Committee members’ qualifications can 
be found on pages 38 to 39. 

The Audit Committee met three times 
during the year, and has an agenda linked 
to the Group financial calendar. It invites 
the Chairman, the Chief Executive, the 
Group Finance Director, the Head of Group 
Finance, the Head of Business Finance, the 
Head of Internal Audit and the external 
auditor to attend its meetings. The 
Committee met with the Head of Internal 
Audit and the external auditor without the 
Executive Directors being present.

The Committee has met once since the 
end of the financial year to consider the 
results and the Annual Report for the year 
ended 31 August 2019.

Responsibilities
The key responsibility of the 
Committee is to provide effective 
governance over the appropriateness 
of the Company’s financial reporting. 

Under its terms of reference, the 
Committee is required, amongst other 
things, to:

monitor the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Company including 
the appropriateness of the accounting 
policies adopted and whether the 
Annual Report was fair, balanced and 
understandable; 

review, understand and evaluate the 
Company’s internal financial risk,  
and other internal controls and risk 
management systems; 

appraise the Board on how the 
Company’s prospects are assessed; 

oversee the relationship with  
the external auditor, making 
recommendations to the Board  
in relation to its appointment, 
remuneration and terms of 
engagement; 

monitor and review the effectiveness 
of the external audit including the 
external auditor’s independence, 
objectivity and effectiveness  
and to approve the policy on the 
engagement of the external auditor  
to supply non-audit services; and

review and approve the mandate of 
the internal auditor, evaluate the work 
and monitor the effectiveness of the 
internal auditor, and approve the 
appointment or removal of the Head 
of Internal Audit.

The Committee’s terms of reference 
can be found on the Company’s 
website www.carrsgroup.com.

JOHN WORBY
Chair of the Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder 

On behalf of the Audit 
Committee, I am 
pleased to present this 
report to shareholders 
which highlights the 
areas of review during 
the year and explains 
how the Committee 
has reviewed and 
discharged its 
responsibilities.

Audit Committee Highlights
•  First full year of Group’s internal 

audit function.

•  KPMG’s first audit following its 

appointment as external auditor at 
the AGM in January 2019.

•  New accounting standards IFRS 9 

and IFRS 15 adopted in the financial 
year and preparation for adoption 
of IFRS 16.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

47

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Main Activities During the Year
Set out below is a summary of the key areas considered by the 
Committee during the year and up to the date of this report.

Financial Reporting 
During the year the Audit Committee reviewed reports and 
information provided by the Group Finance Director, the Head of 
Internal Audit and the external auditor in respect of the half year 
and annual financial report.

An important responsibility of the Audit Committee is to review 
and agree significant estimates and judgements made by 
management. To satisfy this responsibility, the Committee 
reviewed a written formal update from the Group Finance Director 
on such issues at the two meetings that reviewed the half year 
and year end results, as well as reports from the external auditors. 
The Committee carefully considered the content of these reports 
in evaluating the significant issues and area of judgement across 
the Group.

The key areas of judgement in the year were as follows:
•  Contract risks in the Engineering division, including the risks 

associated with the judgemental nature of revenue and profit 
recognition over time. The Committee reviewed a selection of 
significant active contracts, challenging management’s 
forecast outturns and profit recognition assessments and 
examining commercial processes and controls in order to test 
the recoverability of contract balances. The Committee 
determined that the judgements adopted by management 
were appropriate.

•  Potential goodwill impairment. The Committee challenged the 

reasonableness of the future business performance 
assumptions adopted by management in the light of historical 
performance and industry benchmarks, and determined that 
no such impairment was necessary.

•  Brexit and the associated increased levels of uncertainty of 

outcomes. The Committee considered the Directors’ 
assessment of Brexit-related sources of risk and their potential 
impact on the going concern assessment and viability 
statement. Potential sensitivities were challenged against the 
full range of reasonably possible scenarios, and adjustments 
were considered to discount rates for forecast cash flows for 
any residual uncertainties. The Committee also reviewed the 
reasonableness of disclosures made in the strategic report 
relating to Brexit. The Committee determined that the 
assessments made by management were appropriate and that 
the narrative disclosures were reasonable.

•  Appropriateness of pension assumptions. The Committee 

considered whether the assumptions used by the Company’s 
adviser were appropriate to use to derive the assets, liabilities 
and resultant net surplus in the Company’s defined benefit 
pension scheme, and concluded that they were. The basis of 
calculation for the additional cost relating to GMP equalisation 
and its disclosure as non-recurring were also reviewed.

•  Adoption of new accounting standards. The Committee 
considered the impact of adopting the new accounting 
standards IFRS 9 and IFRS 15, and concluded they had been 
appropriately implemented and disclosed. In respect of IFRS 
16, which will apply to the year ending 29 August 2020, the 
Committee considered the intended method of adoption and 
agreed it was appropriate. The Committee also reviewed the 
disclosure in the 2019 annual report of the expected impact 
and determined it was appropriate.

•  Acquisition accounting, including the fair values attributed to 

assets and liabilities. The Committee challenged 
management’s assessments of fair value, identified intangibles 
and the assessment of future liabilities, including the value 
placed on the contingent consideration likely to be payable  
as potential earn-out payments for the NuVision, Animax and 
NW Total acquisitions and determined that such assessments 
were appropriate. 

The Committee, further to the Board’s request, has reviewed the 
annual report and financial statements with the intention of 
providing advice to the Board on whether, as required by the 
Code, ‘the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy’.

To make this assessment, the Committee reviewed a report 
prepared by the Group Finance Director outlining the relevant key 
matters worthy of consideration. The Committee was satisfied 
that, where relevant, all the key events and issues which have 
been reported to the Board in the CEO’s monthly reports during 
the year, both good and bad, have been adequately referenced or 
reflected within the annual report.

The Committee has also reviewed the Group’s going concern  
and viability statement disclosures. It received a written report 
prepared by the Group Finance Director which enabled it to 
review the base assumptions and various sensitised scenarios 
throughout the forecast period. As noted above, particular 
attention was given to sensitivities relating to Brexit. The 
Committee was comfortable with the disclosures made.

Internal Control and Risk Management
During the year the Committee continued to monitor the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management 
systems and at the end of the year carried out a review of the 
effectiveness of such systems. 

The Committee reported to the Board that it had reviewed, and 
was satisfied with, the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control and risk management systems. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC  Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
48

AUDIT COMMIT TEE REPORT 
CONTINUED

There is a further category of services for which a case-by-case 
decision is necessary. The policy can be viewed on the 
Company’s website www.carrsgroup.com. 

In order to ensure that the policy is effective, and the level of 
non-audit fees is kept under review, all non-audit services must 
be approved by the Group Finance Director and reported to the 
Committee. Prior approval of the Committee is also required 
before the external auditor is engaged to provide non-audit 
services costing in excess of £25,000 in aggregate. During the 
2019 financial year, there was no non-audit work undertaken by 
the Group’s external auditor.

Internal Audit
Following the acquisitions of NuVision Engineering, Inc and 
STABER GmbH it was determined in 2017 by the Committee to be 
appropriate, given the increased diversity and geographic spread 
of the Group’s engineering division, for an internal audit function 
to be established. 

In 2018, the Group appointed an individual to the position of Head 
of Internal Audit and established the framework under which 
internal audit will operate, including an internal audit charter and 
a risk assessed internal audit plan which was approved by the 
Committee. In the 2019 financial year, the three-year Internal 
Audit Plan was reviewed and approved and the detailed plan for 
work in 2019 was agreed. Reviews were received for Engineering 
relating to UK Service & Manufacturing, and for Agriculture in UK 
Agriculture and UK Supplements. While some areas for 
improvement were identified, no significant control deficiencies 
were noted from these reviews.

Other Activities 
The Committee also reviewed its terms of reference, its 
effectiveness, the Group’s policies on whistleblowing, business 
ethics and on the prevention of bribery and modern slavery.

As Chairman of the Committee, I will be available at the Annual 
General Meeting to respond to any shareholder questions that 
might be raised on the Committee’s activities.

JOHN WORBY
Audit Committee Chairman
20 November 2019

External Audit
KPMG was appointed as external auditor of the Group at the AGM 
in January 2019. The appointment followed the proposal  
of the Board and a competitive tender process managed by  
the Audit Committee in the spring of 2018. KPMG’s current 
engagement partner is Nick Plumb, who has been in place  
since commencement of the audit for the 2019 financial year.  
The Audit Committee assessed the qualifications, expertise and 
independence of KPMG as auditors as part of the tender process 
and updated its assessment during the year. 

Following approval by shareholders to appoint KPMG in January 
2019. the Audit Committee reviewed and approved the terms of 
engagement and remuneration of the external auditors for the 
2019 financial year.

Audit Effectiveness
The effectiveness of the external audit process is dependent on 
appropriate audit risk identification at the start of the audit cycle. 
KPMG presented its detailed audit plan to the Committee in June 
2019, identifying their assessment of these key risks.

The assessment of the effectiveness and quality of the audit 
process and addressing these key risks is formed by, amongst 
other things, the reporting from the auditors. In addition, each 
year, the Audit Committee assesses its performance and the 
effectiveness of the external auditor through a questionnaire 
completed by Audit Committee members and members of the 
Group’s senior finance team. The output of that review in relation 
to PwC’s final audit was considered in detail and any relevant 
points were communicated to the new auditors, KPMG. The 
Committee concluded that it was satisfied with the effectiveness 
of the external audit. At the conclusion of KPMG’s first audit,  
the Committee again reviewed and was satisfied with the 
effectiveness of the external audit process.

Auditor Independence
The Group meets its obligations for maintaining an appropriate 
relationship with the external auditor through the Audit 
Committee, whose terms of reference include an obligation to 
consider and keep under review the degree of work undertaken 
by the external auditor other than the statutory audit, to ensure 
such objectivity and independence is safeguarded.

In accordance with the Auditing Practices Board Ethical 
Standards, the Group’s external auditor must implement rules and 
requirements which include that none of their employees working 
on our audit can hold any shares in the Company. The external 
auditor is also required to tell us about any significant facts  
and matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on their 
independence or on the objectivity of the lead partner and the 
audit team. The lead partner in the audit team must change every 
five years. 

The Audit Committee annually reviews the Company’s non-audit 
services policy, updating and approving the policy where 
appropriate. The objective of the policy is to ensure that the 
provision of any such services does not impair, or is not perceived 
to impair, the external auditors’ independence or objectivity.  
The policy imposes guidance on the areas of work that the 
external auditors may be asked to undertake and those 
assignments where the external auditors should not be involved. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

49

NOMINATION COMMIT TEE REPORT

Role of the Committee
The primary responsibilities of the 
Nomination Committee are:
• 

reviewing the structure, size and 
composition of the Board and 
monitoring the range of skills, 
knowledge and experience required for 
the Board to operate effectively and to 
deliver the Group’s strategy;
•  overseeing Board and senior 

management succession planning, 
including setting objective selection 
criteria and transparent recruitment 
processes, and making 
recommendations to the Board in 
relation to the appointment of 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors; 
and

•  setting the Group’s policy on diversity 

and inclusion and overseeing its 
implementation in succession planning 
across the Group. 

Activities of the Committee
The Committee met on five occasions 
during the year to consider the following 
matters:
• 

the Committee’s terms of reference to 
ensure they appropriately reflect the 
Committee’s remit;
the succession plans in place for the 
Board and senior management across 
the Group; 
the structure, size, composition and 
diversity of the Board, its committees 
and senior management across the 
Group; 
the Group’s policy on diversity and 
inclusion; and
the Group’s talent management, 
training and development programmes. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Introduction
The Nomination Committee plays an 
important role in ensuring that the Board 
and senior management teams possess 
the right balance of skills, experience and 
knowledge to support the Group’s 
strategy. Central to this is making sure that 
effective succession plans are in place to 
fill vacancies on the Board, and in 
management teams, alongside robust and 
transparent procedures for identifying 
suitable candidates. 

This has been a busy year of succession 
planning across the Group, with several 
key management appointments being 
made in both divisions. In December 2018, 
the Board also announced that I would be 
standing down as Chairman, and from the 
Board, in January 2020. During 2019 the 
Board’s Senior Independent Director, John 
Worby, therefore chaired the Committee in 
leading a recruitment process which led to 
the appointment of Peter Page as a 
Non-Executive Director and Chairman 
Designate with effect from 1 November 
2019. Subject to the approval of the 
shareholders, Peter will take over as 
Non-Executive Chairman and Chair of the 
Nomination Committee when I stand down 
in January 2020. More information about 
the Committee’s process is set out below.

CHRIS HOLMES DL
Chair of the Nomination Committee

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the 
Nomination 
Committee, I am 
pleased to present 
this report which 
highlights the role of 
the Committee and 
its key activities 
during the year.

Nomination 
Committee Highlights
•  Recruitment process completed 
for successor Non-Executive 
Chairman overseen by Senior 
Independent Director.

•  Consideration of diversity across 
the Group and the Group’s policy 
on diversity and inclusion.

•  Another active year in senior 

management succession across 
the Group.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
  
50

NOMINATION COMMIT TEE REPORT 
CONTINUED

Since 2017, the Group has made significant progress in the 
implementation of its senior management succession plans. This 
progress continued during 2019, with the restructuring of our 
Engineering division and the strengthening of its central 
management team under the leadership of the divisional 
Managing Director. Our Agriculture division also saw significant 
change; strengthening business development in our 
Supplements business and successfully appointing a new 
Managing Director for our UK Agriculture business.

Across the Group our career pathway and employee 
development initiatives continue to evolve which are designed to 
attract, retain and develop the best talent. Further details of those 
initiatives are described on page 35.

In December 2018, the Company announced that Chris Holmes 
would stand down from the Board at the AGM in January 2020 as 
part of the Board’s succession planning and in the light of changes 
to the UK corporate governance framework introduced by the  
2018 Code. During 2019, under the chairmanship of John Worby as 
Senior Independent Director, the Nomination Committee therefore 
planned and undertook a rigorous recruitment process involving 
the development of suitable appointment criteria, the selection  
of external recruitment consultants, the shortlisting of suitable 
candidates and the arrangement of candidate meetings with  
Board members. A number of external consultants were invited  
to tender in connection with the process which ultimately resulted 
in the appointment of Independent Search to advise and assist  
the Committee. 

In selecting candidates, the Committee considered a broad range 
of important skills and characteristics. The Committee also 
considered the balance of skills, experience and knowledge 
present across the Board, the culture of the Group and the 
benefits of diversity.

Following a rigorous process, the Committee recommended the 
appointment of Peter Page to the position of Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman Designate which was agreed by the Board 
and announced on 9 October 2019. As a result, Peter Page was 
appointed on 1 November 2019 and, subject to shareholder 
approval at the AGM in January 2020, will take on the role of 
Non-Executive Chairman and Chair of the Nomination Committee 
immediately upon Chris Holmes standing down as proposed. 

Attendance at meetings was as follows:

Members

Chris Holmes – Chair
John Worby
Ian Wood
Alistair Wannop 

Meetings 
attended

Percentage 
attended

5
5
5
5

100%
100%
100%
100%

Changes to the Board and its Committees 
There were no changes in the membership of the Board or its 
committees during the year ended 31 August 2019. In May 2019,  
the Board announced the appointment of Alistair Wannop to a new 
role as the Board’s Representative for Employee Engagement. 

In November 2019, Peter Page was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director and Chairman Designate, with a view to taking on the role 
of Chairman upon Chris Holmes standing down in January 2020. 
More information about this is set out below. Peter Page became 
a member of the Nomination Committee on appointment to  
the Board.

Board Evaluation
In 2017, the size, composition and effectiveness of the Board and 
its Committees were the subject of an external evaluation 
facilitated by corporate governance specialists, Independent 
Audit Limited. That review, which generated positive feedback, 
confirmed that the Board and its Committees were appropriately 
constituted and provided effective management of the Group  
as a whole. The review also involved a consideration of the 
continued independence of the Non-Executive Directors and  
the commitment required from each in order to properly fulfil 
their duties. Following the review, and in consideration of all 
circumstances, it was determined by the Board that all Directors 
committed sufficient time to properly fulfil their responsibilities 
and that John Worby, Ian Wood and Alistair Wannop were 
considered to be independent. 

In 2019, the Board conducted an internal review building upon the 
2017 external evaluation and an internal review carried out in 2018. 
This involved a detailed consideration of the effectiveness of  
the Board and its committees together with a review of diversity 
and the range of skills, knowledge and experience required to 
effectively deliver the Group’s strategy. The 2019 review also 
considered the continued independence of the Non-Executive 
Directors. That review concluded that the Board and its 
Committees are indeed appropriately constituted, and that John 
Worby, Ian Wood and Alistair Wannop remain independent. 

Succession Planning and Development
The Group’s succession strategy was developed in 2014. Efforts 
have since focused upon ensuring that appropriate and sufficient 
employees are recruited or developed internally to meet the 
future management and leadership needs of the Group, taking 
into account continued growth and Group strategy. Recruitment 
processes for leadership and senior positions across the Group 
are managed under the supervision of the Group’s Head of HR 
inviting both internal and external candidates. Independent 
recruitment consultants are also appointed where appropriate 
taking into account the requirements of the Group. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

51

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Diversity and Inclusion
The Group’s principal concern when making employment 
decisions is ensuring that candidates possess the skills, 
knowledge and experience, or the potential to develop the 
required skills, knowledge and experience, to meet the 
requirements of the Group. The Board also recognises the 
benefits of diversity which are given due consideration when 
determining the requirements of the Group and in reaching 
recruitment decisions. Accordingly, every effort is made to ensure 
that candidate lists suitably reflect diversity.

The Group operates a strict equal opportunities policy. All 
appointments are made on the basis of merit and the 
requirements of the Group regardless of factors such as race, 
colour, nationality, religion or belief, gender, marital or civil 
partnership status, family status, pregnancy, sexual orientation, 
gender identity, gender reassignment, disability or age. There are 
no differences in pay structures for persons of different genders 
performing similar roles. 

Re-Election
Save for Chris Holmes, who will stand down, and Peter Page, who 
will strand for election for the first time since his appointment on  
1 November 2019, all Board Directors will stand for re-election at 
the Annual General Meeting on 7 January 2020 in accordance 
with best practice under the Corporate Governance Code. The 
Board will set out in the Notice of Annual General Meeting its 
reasons for supporting the re-election of each Director. Their 
biographical details on pages 38 to 39 demonstrate the range of 
experience and skills which each brings to the benefit of the 
Company.

The Chair of the Nomination Committee will attend the Annual 
General Meeting to respond to any Shareholder questions that 
might be raised on the Committee’s activities.

On behalf of the Board

CHRIS HOLMES DL
Chair of the Nomination Committee
20 November 2019

Gender Breakdown

Group employees

Senior managers:

Direct reports to senior managers:

Total
Male
Female

Total
Male
Female

Total
Male
Female

1,241
904
337

13
9
4

49
31
18

The Board recognises the current absence of gender diversity at 
Board level and is conscious that it was not possible to address 
this during the succession process undertaken in 2019. Whilst the 
Company is not currently subject to any requirements in this 
regard, the Board is aware of the benefits of diversity, including 
gender diversity, and of the recommendations of the Hampton 
Alexander Review. The Committee and the Board will continue to 
focus on the issue of gender diversity in their planning for future 
Board succession.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
52

REMUNER ATION COMMIT TEE REPORT

The Committee’s report is  
presented in the following sections:

Section

Section

01

The Chair’s Annual Statement, which 
summarises the key considerations of 
the Committee during the year and 
forms part of the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. 

02

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy, which 
sets out the Policy for the Executive 
Directors, Chairman and Non-Executive 
Directors. The Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy was approved at the AGM which 
took place on 9 January 2018. There are 
no changes to the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy proposed for 2019/20.

See page 53 

See page 54 

Section

03

The Annual Report on Remuneration, 
which sets out how the Remuneration 
Policy has been applied in 2018/19, the 
remuneration received by Directors for  
the year and how the policy will be 
applied in 2019/20. The Annual Report  
on Remuneration will be subject to an 
advisory shareholder vote at the AGM. on 7 
January 2020

IAN WOOD
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the 
Remuneration 
Committee, I am 
pleased to present  
the Report of the 
Remuneration 
Committee for  
the year ended  
31 August 2019.

Remuneration 
Committee Highlights
• 

Introduction of CEO pay ratio 
reporting.

•  Preparation for the adoption of the 
Corporate Governance Code 2018.

See page 60 

•  Appointment of Peter Page as 
Non-Executive Director and 
Chairman Designate.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

  
53

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The current Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by  
the shareholders at the AGM which took place on 9 January 2018. 
The Remuneration Committee regularly reviews the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy to ensure it promotes the attraction, 
retention and incentivisation of high calibre executives to  
deliver the Group’s strategy. The Committee is mindful of the 
requirements under the 2018 Code, and calls from the Investment 
Association, in relation to the alignment of pension contributions 
for Executive Directors with those available to the wider 
workforce. Whilst no change is proposed for the coming year,  
the Committee will be considering the position further during  
the course of the current financial year. A new Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy will be put to the shareholders for approval 
at the AGM in January 2021. The Committee will also take the 
opportunity this year to address other emerging aspects of 
governance, including the requirement under the 2018 Code for 
Executive Directors to retain shares after they leave the 
Company’s employment. 

No changes to the current Directors’ Remuneration Policy are 
proposed this year. 

For 2019/20, the maximum annual bonus for the Executive 
Directors’ will remain 100% of salary, with 25% of any amount 
being deferred for two years in the form of shares. The Committee 
also intends to grant LTIP awards of 100% of salary, which will be 
based upon stretching EPS targets. 

Salary increases were awarded to the Executive Directors 
effective 1 September 2019 of 2%, which is consistent with the 
broader workforce.

I hope that you are able to support the Remuneration 
Committee’s Report at the forthcoming AGM.

IAN WOOD
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
20 November 2019

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

Section

01

Annual Statement from the Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee

Performance and Remuneration in 2018/19
As described in the Strategic report, and despite some external 
challenges affecting the Agriculture division, the Group’s overall 
financial performance in the year under review was ahead of the 
Board’s original expectations. In the year, adjusted1 profit before 
tax was up to £18.0m (2018: £16.6m) and adjusted1 Earnings Per 
Share was up to 14.6p (2018: 13.9p). In addition to this strong 
financial performance, significant progress was also made in 
delivering the Board’s strategy and positioning the business well 
for future growth. 

The financial and strategic targets set by the Remuneration 
Committee, together with the resulting remuneration payable to 
the Executive Directors, are detailed in the Remuneration 
Committee’s Report which follows.

Key matters for consideration in 2018/2019
The Committee maintains a schedule of matters for consideration 
which aligns with its terms of reference and ensures that changes 
to the corporate governance framework and remuneration best 
practice are considered by the Committee when appropriate. The 
areas of focus for the Committee are set out in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration set out on the pages which follow. 

Key additional considerations for the Committee this year 
included the impact of the Corporate Governance Code 2018, 
which applies to the Group from 1 September 2019, and the new 
requirement to report ratios comparing CEO remuneration to that 
of the wider workforce. Whilst we are not required to report these 
ratios until next year, the Committee has chosen to do so 
voluntarily in this year’s report. 

In November 2019 Peter Page was appointed to the Board as 
Non-Executive Director and Chairman Designate with a view to 
being appointed Non-Executive Chairman upon Chris Holmes 
standing down at the forthcoming AGM. During the year, the 
Remuneration Committee undertook a benchmarking exercise to 
ensure that the remuneration payable to Peter Page was 
appropriate when compared with similar businesses, the 
remuneration offered to other Board members and the Group’s 
broader workforce. 

1.    Adjusted results are after adding back amortistion of acquired intangible 

assets and non-recurring items including acquisition costs.

 
 
54

REMUNER ATION COMMIT TEE REPORT 
CONTINUED

Considerations of conditions elsewhere in the Group
In determining the remuneration of the Group’s Directors, the 
Committee takes into account the pay arrangements and terms 
and conditions across the Group as a whole. The Committee 
seeks to ensure that the underlying principles which form the 
basis for decisions on Directors’ pay are consistent with those on 
which pay decisions for the rest of the workforce are taken. For 
example, the Committee takes into account the general salary 
increase for the broader employee population when conducting 
the salary review for the Executive Directors.

However, there are some differences in the Executive Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy compared to that for the wider workforce, 
which the Committee believes are necessary to reflect the 
differing levels of seniority and responsibility. A greater weight is 
placed on performance-based pay through the quantum and 
participation levels in incentive schemes to ensure the 
remuneration of the Executive Directors is aligned with the 
performance of the Group and the interests of shareholders.

Consideration of shareholder views
In formulating this policy, the Committee took into account 
guidance issued by shareholders and proxy agencies. Detailed 
discussions took place with certain major shareholders and proxy 
agencies prior to the formulation of this policy and subsequently 
when considering any changes that might be required to be 
made to it. The views offered to the Committee have been taken 
into account in the policy below. The Committee continues to 
welcome feedback from shareholders received at each AGM in 
addition to any feedback received throughout the year. 

Section

02

Remuneration Policy
This part of the report sets out the remuneration policy for the 
Group and has been prepared in accordance with The Large and 
Medium sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013 (as amended). 

The policy was approved by the shareholders at the AGM which 
took place on 9 January 2018 and is therefore currently in effect. 
No changes to the policy are proposed for approval at the 
forthcoming AGM on 7 January 2020.

The role of the Committee
The primary role of the Remuneration Committee is to make 
recommendations to the Board on the Company’s policy for executive 
remuneration. The Committee also has delegated responsibility for 
determining the remuneration and benefits of the Chairman, the 
Executive Directors, the Secretary and senior management. 

Key responsibilities include:
•  determining the framework for the remuneration of the 

Group’s Executive Directors, Chairman, Secretary and senior 
management;

•  determining the total remuneration packages, authorising 
terms and conditions, and issuing contracts for the Board;

•  approving the design and determining the targets for 

• 

performance related pay schemes of the Executive Directors; 
reviewing the ongoing appropriateness and relevance of the 
Remuneration Policy to ensure that is it aligned with the 
strategy of the Group;

•  ensuring that the Group rewards fairly and responsibly, with 

• 

clear links to both corporate and individual performance; and
reviewing the design of any share incentive plans for approval 
by the Board and shareholders.

Overview of policy
When setting the policy for Directors’ remuneration, the 
Committee takes into account the overall business strategy, 
considering the long-term interests of the Group, with the aim of 
delivering rewards to shareholders. The remuneration policy is 
ultimately designed to appropriately incentivise Executive 
Directors with a view to maximising stakeholder value.

The Group’s policy is that the overall remuneration packages 
offered should be sufficiently competitive to attract, retain and 
motivate high quality executives and to align the rewards of the 
Executive Directors with the progress of the Group, whilst giving 
consideration to salary levels in similar size quoted companies in 
similar industry sectors and views of stakeholders. 
The remuneration package is split into two parts:
•  a non-performance related element represented by basic 

salary, benefit and pension; and

•  a performance related element in the form of an annual bonus 

and a Long Term Incentive Plan.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

55

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Remuneration Policy

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Policy and approach

Opportunity

Base salary

To attract and retain the best 
talent. 

Reflects an individual’s 
experience, performance and 
responsibilities within the 
Group.

Pension

Provides a competitive and 
appropriate pension package. 

Benefits

To aid retention and remain 
competitive in the market place.

Salary levels (and any subsequent increases)  
are set taking into consideration a number of 
factors, including:
• 

level of skill, experience and scope of 
responsibilities of individual;

•  business performance, economic climate  

• 

and market conditions;
increases elsewhere in the  
Group; and

•  external comparator groups (used for 

reference purposes only).

Salaries are normally reviewed annually with any 
increase effective 1 September each year.

Executive Directors are entitled to participate in 
a defined contribution pension arrangement or 
to receive a cash alternative to those 
contributions.

Company contributions are up to 15% of base 
salary. To the extent that pension contributions 
exceed annual tax-free allowances, Executive 
Directors will be entitled to receive payment 
through ordinary payroll in lieu of pension 
contributions. 

Benefits provided include permanent health 
insurance, private medical insurance and life 
assurance. Relocation benefits may also be 
provided in the case of recruitment of a new 
Executive Director. The benefits provided may 
be subject to minor amendment from time to 
time by the Committee within this policy. 

The Company may reimburse any reasonable 
business related expenses incurred in 
connection with their role (including tax thereon 
if these are determined to be taxable benefits).

There is no formal maximum; 
however, increases will normally 
align with the general increase for 
the broader employee population 
of the Group. More significant 
increases may be awarded from 
time to time to recognise, for 
example, development in role and 
change in position or responsibility.

Current salary levels are disclosed 
in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

Up to 15% of base salary, being  
the rate available to senior 
management.

Market rate determines value. 
There is no prescribed maximum 
level but the Remuneration 
Committee monitors the overall 
cost of benefits to ensure that it 
remains appropriate.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
56

REMUNER ATION COMMIT TEE REPORT 
CONTINUED

Purpose and link to strategy

Policy and approach

Opportunity

Element

Annual 
bonus

Designed to reward delivery of 
key strategic priorities during 
the year.

Maximum of 100% of base salary.

The schemes are subject to the 
limits set by HMRC from time to 
time.

Maximum of 100% of base salary.

Bonus levels and appropriateness of 
performance measures and weighting are 
reviewed annually to ensure they continue to 
support our strategy. Bonuses are capped at 
100% of base salary. 25% of any bonus earned 
will be deferred into awards over shares, with 
awards normally vesting after a two-year period. 

Performance is measured against stretching 
targets. These may include financial and 
non-financial measures. Financial measures will 
account for the majority and will typically include 
a profit-related target. Performance targets will 
be disclosed retrospectively. The threshold level 
of bonus under each measure is 0%.

The cash element of the bonus is usually paid in 
November each year for performance in the 
previous financial year. 

Dividends will accrue on deferral awards over 
the vesting period and be paid out either as cash 
or as shares on vesting and in respect of the 
number of shares that have vested.

A malus and clawback mechanism applies in 
specific circumstances including in the event of 
a material misstatement of the Group’s accounts 
and also for other defined reasons. These 
provisions apply to both the cash and deferred 
elements of the bonus.

A HMRC approved SAYE scheme is available to 
eligible staff, including Executive Directors. 

Annual awards of performance shares which 
normally vest after three years subject to 
performance conditions.

Award levels and performance conditions 
required for vesting are reviewed annually to 
ensure they continue to support the Group’s 
strategy. Awards are capped at the equivalent of 
100% of base salary at the date of award.

Awards are based upon an EPS growth measure. 

25% vests at threshold performance. There is 
straight line vesting between threshold and 
maximum. 

Two year post-vesting holding period applies to 
the net of tax shares for awards granted.

A malus and clawback mechanism applies in 
specific circumstances including in the event of a 
material misstatement of the Group’s accounts 
and also for other defined reasons. 

Save As You 
Earn (SAYE)

To encourage employee 
involvement and greater 
shareholder alignment.

Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan (LTIP)

To motivate and incentivise 
delivery of sustained 
performance over the longer 
term, and to support and 
encourage greater shareholder 
alignment.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
57

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Policy and approach

Shareholding 
guidelines

To provide alignment with 
shareholder interests.

Executive Directors are required to build up a 
shareholding equivalent to 200% of base salary 
over a five year period.

Opportunity

N/A

Chairman and Non-Executive Director Remuneration

Non-
Executive 
Director fees 

To attract and retain a high-
calibre Chairman and Non-
Executive Directors by offering 
market-competitive fee levels.

Non-Executive Directors receive  
a single fee for all services to the 
Company. Levels of fee are 
reviewed annually with any 
increases normally aligning with 
general increases for the broader 
employee population of the Group.

Remuneration reflects:
• 

the time commitment and responsibility  
of roles;

•  market rate; and
• 

that they do not participate in any bonus, 
pension or share based scheme.

Our policy is for the Executive Directors to review 
the remuneration of Non-Executive Directors 
annually following consultation with the Chairman. 
The Chairman’s remuneration is reviewed annually 
by the Remuneration Committee.

The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are 
entitled to reimbursement of reasonable expenses. 
They may also receive limited travel or 
accommodation-related benefits in connection 
with their role as a Director.

The Non-Executive Directors will not participate in 
the Group’s share, bonus or pension schemes.

Non-Executive Directors are engaged for terms  
of one year subject to appointment and 
reappointment at the Company’s AGM.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
58

REMUNER ATION COMMIT TEE REPORT 
CONTINUED

Remuneration Committee discretions
The Committee will operate the annual bonus plan and LTIP 
according to their respective rules. To ensure the efficient 
operation and administration of these plans, the Committee 
retains discretion in relation to a number of areas. This is 
consistent with market practice and these include (but are not 
limited to) the following:
the participants; 
• 
the timing of grant and/or payment; 
• 
the size of grants and/or payments (within the limits set out in 
• 
the Policy table); 
the determination of vesting based on the assessment of 
performance;
the determination of a “good leaver” and where relevant the 
extent of vesting in the case of the share-based plans; 
treatment in exceptional circumstances such as a change of 
control;

• 

• 

• 

•  making the appropriate adjustments required in certain 

circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring 
events, variation of capital and special dividends); 

•  cash settling awards; and 
• 

the annual review of performance measures, weightings and 
setting targets for the discretionary incentive plans from year 
to year. 

The Committee also retains the ability to adjust existing 
performance conditions for exceptional events so that they can 
still fulfil their original purpose. Any varied performance condition 
would not be materially less difficult to satisfy in the 
circumstances.

Performance measures and targets
Our Group strategy and business objectives are the primary 
consideration when we are selecting performance measures for 
incentive plans. The annual bonus is based on performance 
against a stretching combination of financial and non-financial 
measures. Adjusted profit before tax reflects the Group’s strategic 
objective to increase profit. In addition, Executive Directors are 
assessed on strategic objectives as agreed by the Committee at 
the beginning of the year. The LTIP is assessed against growth in 
adjusted Earnings Per Share as it rewards improvement in the 
Group’s underlying financial performance and is a measure of the 
Group’s overall financial success and is visible to shareholders. 

Targets within incentive plans that are related to internal financial 
measures, such as profit, are typically determined based on our 
budgets. The threshold and maximum levels of performance are 
set to reflect minimum acceptable levels at threshold and very 
stretching but achievable levels at maximum. At the end of each 
performance period we review performance against the targets, 
using judgement to account for items such as foreign exchange 
rate movements, changes in accounting treatment, and 
significant one-off transactions. The application of judgement is 
important to ensure that final assessments of performance are 
fair and appropriate. In addition, the Remuneration Committee 
reviews the bonus and incentive plan results before any 
payments are made to Executive Directors or any shares vest  
and has full discretion to adjust the final payment or vesting 
downwards if they believe the circumstances warrant it.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

Approach to recruitment remuneration
The remuneration package for a new Executive Director would be 
set in accordance with the terms of the Company’s approved 
remuneration policy in force at the time of appointment.

Buy-out awards
In addition, the Committee may offer additional cash and/or 
share-based elements (on a one-time basis or ongoing) when  
it considers these to be in the best interests of the Group (and 
therefore shareholders). Any such payments would be limited to  
a reasonable estimate of value of remuneration lost when leaving 
the former employer and would reflect the delivery mechanism 
(i.e. cash and/or share-based), time horizons and whether 
performance requirements are attached to that remuneration. 

Maximum level of variable pay
The maximum initial level of long-term incentives which may  
be awarded to a new Executive Director will be limited to the 
maximum Long Term Incentive Plan limit of 100% of base salary. 
Therefore the maximum initial level of overall variable pay that 
may be offered will be 200% of base salary (i.e. 100% annual 
bonus plus 100% Long Term Incentive Plan). These limits are in 
addition to the value of any buy-out arrangements which are 
governed by the policy above.

In the case of an internal appointment, any variable pay element 
awarded in respect of the prior role would be allowed to pay out 
according to its terms, adjusted as relevant to take into account 
the appointment. In addition, any other previously awarded 
entitlements would continue, and be disclosed in the next annual 
report on remuneration.

Base salary and relocation expenses
The Committee has the flexibility to set the salary of a new 
appointment at a discount to the market level initially, with a 
series of planned increases implemented over the following few 
years to bring the salary to the appropriate market position, 
subject to individual performance in the role.

For external and internal appointments, the Committee may 
agree that the Group will meet certain relocation expenses as 
appropriate.

Appointment of Non-Executive Directors
For the appointment of a new Chairman or Non-Executive 
Director, the fee arrangement would be set in accordance with 
the approved remuneration policy in force at that time. 

Executive Directors’ terms of employment and loss of 
office 
The Group’s current policy is not to enter into employment 
contracts with any element of notice period in excess of one year. 
All Non-Executives are appointed for terms of 12 months and 
stand for re-election annually at the Company’s AGM. Copies of 
Executive Directors’ service contracts and Non-Executive 
Directors’ letters of appointment are available for inspection at 
the Company’s registered office during normal hours of business 
and will be available at the Company’s AGM.

Dates of service contracts and first appointment to the Board for 
all Directors are given above opposite.

59

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Date of service contract/
letter of appointment

Date first appointed to the 
Board

Executive Directors
Tim Davies
Neil Austin

18 October 2012
1 January 2013

1 March 2013
1 May 2013

Non-Executive Directors
Chris Holmes
Alistair Wannop
John Worby
Ian Wood
Peter Page

1 September 2019
1 September 2019
1 September 2019
1 September 2019
8 October 2019

7 January 1992
1 September 2005
1 April 2015
1 October 2015
1 November 2019

Estimates of total future potential remuneration from 
2019 pay packages
The tables below provide estimates of the potential future 
remuneration of each Executive Director based on the 
remuneration opportunity granted in the 2019/2020 financial year. 
Potential outcomes based on different scenarios are provided for 
each Executive Director.

The assumptions underlying each scenario are described below.

Fixed 

 Consists of base salary, pension and other benefits.

An Executive Director’s service contract may be terminated 
summarily without notice and without any further payment or 
compensation, except for sums accrued up to the date of 
termination, if they are deemed to be guilty of gross misconduct 
or for any other material breach of the obligations under their 
employment contract. 

The Group has the right to terminate contracts by making a 
payment in lieu of notice. Any such payment will typically reflect 
the individual’s salary, benefits and pension entitlements. The 
Group has the ability to mitigate costs and phase payments, if 
alternative employment is obtained.

There will be no automatic entitlement to a bonus if an Executive 
Director has ceased employment or is under notice. However, the 
Committee may at its discretion pay a pro-rated bonus in respect 
of the proportion of the financial year worked. Such payment 
could be payable in cash and not subject to deferral.

Any share-based entitlements granted to an Executive Director 
under the Group’s share plans will be treated in accordance with 
the relevant plan rules. Usually, any outstanding awards lapse on 
cessation of employment. However, in certain prescribed 
circumstances, such as death, ill-health, injury, disability, 
redundancy, retirement with the consent of the Committee,  
or any other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee, 
“good leaver” status may be applied. 

For good leavers under the LTIP, outstanding awards will vest at 
the original vesting date to the extent that the performance 
condition has been satisfied and be reduced on a pro-rata basis 
to reflect the period of time which has elapsed between the  
grant date and the date on which the participant ceases to be 
employed by the Group. For good leavers under the deferred 
bonus plan, unvested awards will usually vest in full  
upon cessation. 

 Base salaries are as at 1 September 2019.

 Benefits are valued using the figures in the total 
remuneration for the 2019 financial year table, 
adjusted for any benefits that will not be provided 
during 2020.

 Pensions are valued by applying the appropriate 
percentage to the base salary.

Base
£’000

286
211

Benefits
£’000

Pension
£’000

1
1

43
32

Total
£’000

330
244

 Based on what a Director would receive if 
performance was in line with plan and the threshold 
level was achieved under the LTIP.

Tim Davies
Neil Austin

On target 

Maximum   Assumes that the full stretch target for the LTIP are 

achieved, and maximum performance is obtained 
under both the financial and non-financial targets set 
for the annual bonus scheme.

Tim Davies, Chief Executive Officer 

Maximum

19

37%

32%

32%

Total: £902,000

On target

19

68%

18% 15%

Total: £488,000

Fixed

19

100%

Total: £330,000

In determining whether a departing Executive Director should be 
treated as a “good leaver”, the Committee will take into account 
the performance of the individual and Group over the whole 
period of employment and the reasons for the individual’s 
departure.

Neil Austin, Group Finance Director 

Maximum

19

37%

32%

32%

Total: £666,000

In the event of a change of control resulting in termination of 
office, the Executive Directors are entitled to 12 months’  
base salary. 

The Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to any 
compensation for loss of office.

On target

19

68%

18% 15%

Total: £360,000

Fixed

19

100%

Total: £244,000

Salary and benefits

Annual bonus

LTIP

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
60

REMUNER ATION COMMIT TEE REPORT 
CONTINUED

Section

03

Annual Report on Remuneration
This part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report sets out a summary of how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy was applied during 
2018/19.

Remuneration Committee
During the 2018/19 year, the Remuneration Committee comprised Ian Wood (Chairman), John Worby and Alistair Wannop. After the 
year end, in November 2019, Peter Page became a member of the Committee. The Committee met on 6 occasions during the year with 
all members in attendance (see page 43). 

The Executive Directors and the Chairman may attend meetings of the Remuneration Committee by invitation and in an advisory 
capacity only. No person attends any part of a meeting at which his or her own remuneration is discussed. The Chairman and the 
Executive Directors determine the remuneration of the other Non-Executive Directors. The Chair of the Committee will be available at 
the AGM to answer any shareholder questions on the Committee and its activities.

During the year the Committee considered:
the Committee’s terms of reference;
• 
the new Corporate Governance Code 2018 and its impact on the activities of the Committee and future remuneration policy;
• 
• 
levels of basic pay for Executive Directors, the Chairman and senior management;
•  performance targets, both financial and non-financial, for Executive Director variable pay; 
•  pay and benefits structures across the broader Group (including CEO pay ratios);
• 
• 
•  overall remuneration of Executive Directors; and
•  shareholder feedback relating to the Committee’s disclosures in relation to performance outcomes against strategic annual bonus 

the outcome of bonus arrangements for Executive Directors and senior management;
the award, and vesting, of long term incentives for Executive Directors and senior management;

targets. 

2019 Remuneration (Audited Information)
In this section we summarise the pay packages awarded to our Executive Directors for performance in the 2019 financial year versus 
2018. The table below shows all remuneration that was earned by each individual during the year and includes a single total 
remuneration figure for the year. 

£’000

Executive Directors
Tim Davies
Neil Austin

Non-Executive Directors
Chris Holmes
Alistair Wannop
John Worby
Ian Wood 
Peter Page2

Salary/Fees

Benefits1

Bonus

LTIP

Pension

Total

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

280
207

82
39
39
39
N/A

274
202

80
38
38
38
N/A

1
1

–
–
–
–
–

1
1

–
–
–
–
–

169
131

274
202

271
200

271
200

42
31

41
30

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

763
570

82
39
39
39
N/A

861
635

80
38
38
38
N/A

1  Benefits consistent of private medical insurance.
2  Peter Page was appointed to the Board on 1 November 2019 receiving total fees at the rate of £90,000 per annum.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

61

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2019 Annual Bonus Payout
The annual bonus is calculated using a combination of financial and strategic performance targets which are set with regard to Group 
budget, historic performance, market outlook and future strategy. 

80% of the bonus was based on Group adjusted profit before tax (PBT). Adjusted PBT is calculated as reported PBT after adding back 
amortisation of acquired intangibles and non-recurring items that were not anticipated at the time the performance targets were set, 
such as acquisition related costs. The Group is committed to disclosing its performance targets retrospectively save where this is 
prevented due to commercial sensitivities. Financial targets are set on the basis that the performance of acquisitions made during the 
year are excluded. For the year ending 31 August 2019, the PBT targets were set in accordance with the table below.

Threshold target (0%)
£’000

15,950

Basic target (30%)
£’000

16,790

Maximum target (80%)
£’000

17,630

Payments are adjusted on a straight-line basis between the targets set out above. For the year ended 31 August 2019, adjusted PBT for 
the Group excluding acquisitions was £17.295m. This performance equated to 56.76% of the maximum available in connection with the 
Group’s financial targets, being 45.41% of the available annual bonus. 

Strategic targets, which account for 20% of the bonus, were set at the start of the year. Details of certain targets and their performance 
against them is summarised below

Tim Davies 

Objective

Outcome

Successful integration of Animax in 
accordance with business plan approved  
by the Board.

Good progress made against strategic plan in all areas including restructuring 
management team, progressing international growth opportunities and improving 
efficiencies. Weather in FY19 had the effect of reducing customer demand, which 
delayed the realisation of some synergy benefits.

Identify and deliver suitable acquisitions 
which align with the Board’s strategy. 

Good pipeline of acquisition opportunities developed during the year which align with the 
Board’s strategy. All opportunities subjected to detailed appraisal by the Board where 
appropriate. Three acquisitions completed during financial year.

Continued international development of 
Supplements business in line with Board 
strategy.

Strategic plan developed and approved by the Board which will see focus on Europe, 
North America and New Zealand, being markets in which greatest growth opportunities 
are considered to exist.

Continuation of strategic developments 
across Engineering.

Strong progress made on realisation of synergies between Wälischmiller and NuVision in 
the USA. Good performance in UK Manufacturing and improved utilisation, measured 
through KPIs.

Neil Austin

Objective

Outcome

Integration of Animax into Carr’s Group.

Successful integration of financial and support functions and alignment of systems  
with Group.

Successful continuation of Group ERP 
project.

Support CEO in developing and delivery  
of acquisition pipeline.

Project progressing well and broadly in line with the business plan approved by the Board.

Good acquisition identification process in place. Detailed appraisals of acquisition 
opportunities have been brought to the Board for consideration where appropriate. 
Thorough due diligence processes in place. Acquisitions in the year have been  
well executed. 

Further develop financial reporting  
including Engineering KPIs.

Engineering KPIs developed and incorporated into routine management accounts for the 
Board. Cash flow reporting in Agriculture has improved and plans developed to improve cash 
flow reporting in Engineering.

In addition to the above strategic performance indicators, the Committee has a discretion to consider matters such as good corporate 
governance which can include environmental, social and governance considerations. 

At the end of the financial year, the Committee undertook a detailed assessment of performance against the non-financial targets. The 
outcomes from that review are set out above. The Committee accordingly determined that 75% of the available bonus would be payable 
to Tim Davies (being 15% of the overall annual bonus) and 90% would be payable to Neil Austin (being 18% of the overall annual bonus).

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
62

REMUNER ATION COMMIT TEE REPORT 
CONTINUED

Long term incentive plan
The awards made to Executive Directors in 2016 were subject to Average EPS growth targets over the three year period ending on 31 
August 2019. Threshold vesting was set at 3% average annual growth. The Average EPS growth over the three-year period was 14.6% 
and, accordingly, 100% of shares under the long-term awards made to Executive Directors in 2016 vested.

Long term incentive plan awards during the year (audited)
Long-term awards for 2019 were made to the Executive Directors in line with the remuneration policy. 

Tim Davies
Neil Austin

Number of shares

188,637
139,591

Basis on which  
the award was made

100% of salary
100% of salary

Face Value  
of the award
£’000

280
207

Threshold vesting

End of  
performance  
period

25% August 2021
25% August 2021

The performance conditions which govern the vesting of those shares are based on annual average growth in adjusted EPS over a 
three year period. 

Average annual growth %

3
10

% vesting

25
100

Nothing is payable below 3%, and a sliding scale operates between this and the maximum available.

All employee share plans
The Executive Directors are also eligible to participate in the UK all-employee plans.

The Carr’s Group Sharesave Scheme 2016 is a HM Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”) approved scheme open to all staff permanently 
employed in a UK Group company as of the eligibility date. Options under the plan are granted at a 20% discount to market value. 
Executive Directors’ participation is included in the option table later in this report. 

Total pension entitlements (audited)
The table below provides details of the Executive Directors’ pension benefits:

Tim Davies
Neil Austin

Normal retirement age

67
67

Total contributions to 
DC-type pension plan
£’000

Cash in lieu of contributions 
to DC-type pension plan
£’000

–
31

42
–

Each Executive Director has the right to participate in the Carr’s Group defined contribution pension plan or to elect to be paid some or 
all of their contribution in cash. Pension contributions and/or cash allowances are capped at 15% of salary.

Payments to past Directors (Audited)
No payments to past Directors have been made to Directors during the year.

Payments for loss of office (Audited)
No payments for loss of office have been made to Directors during the year.

Ten year historical TSR performance

Carr’s Group plc

FTSE All-Share Price Index

Source: Thomson datastream

600
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0

9
0
0
2
/
8
0

9
0
0
2
/
1
1

0
1
0
2
/
2
0

0
1
0
2
/
5
0

0
1
0
2
/
8
0

0
1
0
2
/
1
1

1
1
0
2
/
2
0

1
1
0
2
/
5
0

1
1
0
2
/
8
0

1
1
0
2
/
1
1

2
1
0
2
/
2
0

2
1
0
2
/
5
0

2
1
0
2
/
8
0

2
1
0
2
/
1
1

3
1
0
2
/
2
0

3
1
0
2
/
5
0

3
1
0
2
/
8
0

3
1
0
2
/
1
1

4
1
0
2
/
2
0

4
1
0
2
/
5
0

4
1
0
2
/
8
0

4
1
0
2
/
1
1

5
1
0
2
/
2
0

5
1
0
2
/
5
0

5
1
0
2
/
8
0

5
1
0
2
/
1
1

6
1
0
2
/
2
0

6
1
0
2
/
5
0

6
1
0
2
/
8
0

6
1
0
2
/
1
1

7
1
0
2
/
2
0

7
1
0
2
/
5
0

7
1
0
2
/
8
0

7
1
0
2
/
1
1

8
1
0
2
/
2
0

8
1
0
2
/
5
0

8
1
0
2
/
8
0

8
1
0
2
/
1
1

9
1
0
2
/
5
0

9
1
0
2
/
5
0

9
1
0
2
/
8
0

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

63

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Directors’ interests in the shares of the company (audited information)
A summary of interests in shares and scheme interests of the Directors as at 31 August 2019 is given below:

Executive Directors
Tim Davies
Neil Austin

Non-Executive Directors
Chris Holmes
Alistair Wannop
John Worby
Ian Wood

Total 
number of 
interests in 
shares

Vested LTIP

Unvested 
LTIP

SAYE 
(unvested 
without 
performance 
conditions)

Unvested 
deferred 
bonus 
shares

% of 
shareholding 
guideline 
achieved

245,929
202,054

185,159 409,035
137,018 302,686

16,965
16,965

43,312
35,051

92.8%
101.3%

749,000
22,610
25,000
20,000

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

Performance shares (audited information)
The maximum number of outstanding shares that have been awarded to directors under the LTIP are currently as follows:

Tim Davies
Neil Austin

2016/17 
award

2017/18 
award

2018/19 
award

185,159 220,398
163,095
137,018

188,637
139,591

Assessing pay and performance
In the table opposite we summarise the Chief Executive’s single remuneration figure over the past 5 years, as well as how variable pay 
plans have paid out in relation to the maximum opportunity.

Single figure of total remuneration (£’000)
Annual variable element (actual award versus maximum opportunity)
Long-term incentive (vesting versus maximum opportunity)

2015
Tim Davies

2016
Tim Davies

2017
Tim Davies

2018
Tim Davies

2019
Tim Davies

531
911
100%
55%
100% 37.45%

308
0%
0%

861

763
100% 60.41%
100%
100%

Change in Chief Executive’s Remuneration
In the table opposite we show the percentage change in the Chief Executive’s remuneration between 2018 and 2019 financial years 
compared to the other employees.

Base pay
Benefits
Annual bonus

Tim Davies 

Other UK 
employees

2.0%
0%

2.0%
0%
-38.3% -64.5%

The Remuneration Committee considers pay across the entire Group when setting Executive Director remuneration. Annual 
consultations take place across the Group between the Executive Directors, senior management and the Group Head of HR in relation 
to employee pay. The outcome of that exercise, and any changes to employee pay levels, are considered when determining the 
appropriateness to changes in Executive Director pay. 

Chief Executive Officer Pay Ratio (unaudited)
The table below shows the pay ratio based on the total remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer to the employee on the 25th, 50th 
and 75th percentile of all permanent UK employees of the Group.

25th 
percentile

Median 

75th 
percentile

Total pay
Pay ratio

£18,595 £24,648 £34,048
22

41

31

The Group adopted Option A as defined in The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018, as the calculation 
methodology for the above ratios. The 25th, median and 75th percentile pay ratios were calculated using the full-time equivalent 
remuneration for all UK employees as 31 August 2019 being the financial year end. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
64

REMUNER ATION COMMIT TEE REPORT 
CONTINUED

Relative spend on pay
The table shows the relative importance of spend on pay 
compared to distributions to shareholders.

Employee costs
Dividends paid to shareholders

48,397
4,173

43,673
3,770

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

% change

10.8%
10.7%

External appointments
The Executive Directors did not receive any remuneration in 
respect of any external appointments in 2018/19.

Implementation of the policy in 2019/20
For 2019, the maximum annual bonus for the Executive Directors’ 
will remain 100% of salary. 25% of any bonus will be deferred for 
two years in the form of shares. Performance will be assessed 
against stretching targets which will be 80% financial and 20% 
strategic. Financial targets will be based upon adjusted PBT for 
the Group only and will not have any divisional splits. All annual 
bonus targets will vest at thresholds of 0%. Targets will be 
disclosed respectively in next year’s report.

The Committee intends to grant LTIP awards of 100% of salary, 
with future vesting conditional upon stretching targets based 
upon an adjusted EPS growth measure. Awards will vest at a 
threshold of 25% for average growth of 3% per annum and will rise 
on a straight line basis to the maximum 100% for average growth 
of 10% per annum during the performance period.

Salary increases were awarded to the executive Directors 
effective 1 September 2019 of 2%. This is consistent with the rest 
of the workforce.

External advisors
During the year, it was not considered necessary for any external 
consultants to be appointed to advise the Committee and so no 
fees were incurred. In 2017/18, the Committee appointed New 
Bridge Street (a part of AON) as an external consultant to advise 
the Committee in connection with the current Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy. New Bridge Street is a signatory to the 
Remuneration Consultants’ Code of Conduct, which requires that 
its advice be objective and impartial. New Bridge Street has no 
other connection with the Group and provides no other services 
to the Group.

2019 AGM
At our AGM in January 2019, the Committee’s Annual Report on 
Remuneration received a 99.8% vote in favour (43,461,299 votes), 
with 0.1% against (141,679 votes) and 0.1% withheld (207,442 votes). 
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy, which was approved at our 
AGM in January 2018, received a 99.7% vote in favour (48,274,652 
votes), with 0.2% against (138,890 votes) and 0.1% withheld  
(74,059 votes). 

By Order of the Board.

IAN WOOD
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
20 November 2019

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

65

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors submit their report and the audited accounts of the Company 
for the year ended 31 August 2019.

The Company is a public limited company incorporated and 
domiciled in England and Wales whose shares are listed and 
traded on the London Stock Exchange. The address of its 
registered office is Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, CA3 9BA.

Results and dividends
A review of the results can be found on pages 16-17.

First Interim dividend per share paid 

1.125p

1.075p

Second Interim dividend per share paid 

1.125p

1.075p

Final dividend per share proposed

2.5p

2.35p

2019

2018

Subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, the final 
dividend will be paid on 10 January 2020 to members on the 
register at the close of business on 29 November 2019. Shares will 
be ex-dividend on 28 November 2019.

The Group profit from continuing activities before taxation was  
£16.3 million (2018: £15.5 million). After taxation charge of £2.7 
million (2018: £1.9 million), the profit for the year is £13.6 million 
(2018: £13.6 million).

Pensions
Estimates of the amount and timing of future funding obligations 
for the Group’s pension plans are based on various assumptions 
including, among other things, the actual and projected market 
performance of the pension plan assets, future long-term corporate 
bond yields, longevity of members and statutory requirements. 

The Group continually reviews this risk and takes action to 
mitigate where possible. In addition, while the Group is consulted 
by the trustees on the investment strategies of its pension plans, 
the Group has no direct control over these matters as the trustees 
are directly responsible for the strategy.

Details of the Group’s pension plans are in note 27 in the Notes to 
the Financial Statements.

Employment policies and employees
The Company is committed to its employees and further details 
on the Company’s policies and commitment can be found in the 
Corporate Responsibility Report on pages 34 to 35.

Environment
The Company’s report on sustainability including carbon footprint 
is on pages 36 to 37.

Political and charitable donations
During the period ended 31 August 2019 the Group contributed 
£41,000 (2018: £28,800) in the UK for charitable purposes. Further 
details have been included with the Corporate Responsibility 
statement on page 37. There were no political donations during 
the year (2018: £Nil).

Share capital
The Company has a single class of share capital which is  
divided into Ordinary Shares of £0.025 each. The movement  
in the share capital during the year is detailed in note 28 to the 
financial statements.

At the last Annual General Meeting the Directors received 
authority from the shareholders to:

Allot Shares – this gives Directors the authority to allot shares  
and maintains the flexibility in respect of the Company’s financing 
arrangements. The nominal value of ordinary shares which the 
Directors may allot in the period up to the next Annual General 
Meeting to be held on 7 January 2020, is limited to £758,430.44 
which is approximately 33 percent of the nominal value of the 
issued share capital on 22 November 2018. The directors do not 
have any present intention of exercising this authority other than 
in connection with the issue of ordinary shares in respect of the 
Company’s share option plans. This authority will expire at the 
end of the Annual General Meeting to be held on 7 January 2020.

Disapplication of rights of pre-emption – this disapplies rights  
of pre-emption on the allotment of shares by the Company and 
the sale by the Company of treasury shares. The authority will 
allow the Directors to allot equity securities for cash pursuant  
to the authority to allot shares mentioned above, and to sell 
treasury shares for cash without a pre-emptive offer to existing 
shareholders, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £114,913.70, 
representing approximately 5 percent of the Company’s issued 
share capital as at 22 November 2018. This authority will  
expire at the end of the Annual General Meeting to be held on  
7 January 2020.

To buy own shares – this authority allows the Company to buy  
its own shares in the market, as permitted under the Articles of 
Association of the Company, up to a limit of 9,193,096 Ordinary 
shares being approximately 10 per cent of the Company’s issued 
share capital at 22 November 2018. The price to be paid for any 
share must not be less than £0.025, being the nominal value of a 
share, and must not exceed 105 percent of the average middle 
market quotations for the ordinary shares of the Company as 
derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for  
the 5 business days immediately preceding the day on which the 
ordinary shares are purchased. The Directors have no immediate 
plans to exercise the powers of the Company to purchase its own 
shares and undertaken that the authority would only be exercised 
if the Directors were satisfied that a purchase would result in  
an increase in expected earnings per share and was in the  
best interests of the Company at the time. This authority will  
expire at the end of the Annual General Meeting to be held on  
7 January 2020. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
66

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
CONTINUED

The Directors would consider holding any of its own shares that it 
purchases pursuant to this authority as treasury shares.

The interests of the Directors, as defined by the Companies Act 
2006, in the ordinary shares of the Company, other than in respect 
of options to acquire ordinary shares (which are detailed in the 
analysis of options included in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 60 to 64), are as follows:

T J Davies
N Austin
C N C Holmes
A G M Wannop
J G Worby
I Wood

At 
31 August 
2019
Ordinary 
Shares

At 
1 September 
2018 
Ordinary 
Shares

150,354
245,929
202,054
131,329
749,000 778,000
22,610
25,000
10,000

22,610
25,000
20,000

All the above interests are beneficial. There have been no 
changes to the above interests in the period from 1 September 
2019 to 15 November 2019. 

To enable the vesting of shares under the Group’s Long Term 
Incentive Plan, on 15 November 2019 a total of 513,607 ordinary 
shares of 2.5 pence each were held in treasury.

Rights and obligations attaching to shares
In a general meeting of the Company, subject to the provisions of 
the articles of association and to any special rights or restrictions 
as to voting attached to any class of shares in the Company (of 
which they are none), the holders of the Ordinary Shares are 
entitled to one vote in a poll for every Ordinary Share held. No 
member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or class 
meeting in respect of any shares held if any call or other sum then 
payable in respect of that share remains unpaid. Currently all 
issued shares are fully paid.

Full details of the deadlines for exercising voting rights in respect 
of the resolutions to be considered at the Annual General 
Meeting to be held on 7 January 2020 will be set out in the Notice 
of Annual General Meeting.

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the 
Company may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend to be 
paid to the members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount 
recommended by the Board. The Board may pay interim 
dividends, and also any fixed rate dividend, whenever the 
financial position of the Company, in the opinion of the Board, 
justifies its payment. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid 
pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares.

Major shareholders
The Company has been informed of the following interests at  
15 November 2019 in the 92,455,609 ordinary shares of the 
Company, as required by the Companies Act 2006:

Number of 
shares

% of issued 
share capital

Heygate & Sons Ltd
BBHISL Nominees Ltd (130227)
Nortrust Nominees Ltd
Rathbone Nominees Ltd
Goldman Sachs Securities 
(Nominees) Ltd (ILSEG) 

12,652,870
4,270,320
4,166,105
2,951,780

2,794,894

13.69
4.62
4.51
3.19

3.02

Change of control
There are a number of significant agreements across the Group 
with provisions that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change 
of control of the Company, such as bank facility agreements, 
agreements with strategic partners (including joint venture 
agreements), employee share scheme rules and certain project 
contracts within the Engineering division.  The Directors are not 
aware of any agreements between the Company and its Directors 
or employees that provide for compensation for loss of office or 
employment that occurs solely because of a change of control.

Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the financial statements 
in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the 
Annual Report and the financial statements  
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Group and parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.  

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent 
Company financial statements for each financial year.  Under that 
law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and 
applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent Company 
financial statements on the same basis.  

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and 
of their profit or loss for that period.  In preparing each of the 
Group and parent Company financial statements, the Directors 
are required to:  
•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;  

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant 

and reliable;  

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 

IFRSs as adopted by the EU;  

•  assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern; and  

•  use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to 
cease operations,or have no realistic alternative but to do so.  

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

67

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the parent Company and enable 
them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006.  They are responsible for such internal 
control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation 
of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for 
taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard 
the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other 
irregularities.  

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance 
Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.  
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the 
company’s website.  Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information 
to auditors
The Directors who were members of the Board at the time of 
approving the Directors’ Report are listed on pages 38 to 39. 
Having made enquiries of fellow Directors, each of the Directors 
at the date of this report confirms that:
•  he is not aware of any relevant audit information of which the 

Company’s auditors are unaware; and 

•  he has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken as a 

director in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are 
aware of that information.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Responsibility statement of the directors in respect of 
the annual financial report
Each of the Directors confirms that, to the best of their 
knowledge:
• 

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 
applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss 
of the company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; and  
the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face.  

• 

Each of the Directors considers the annual report and accounts, 
taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

By Order of the Boards

MATTHEW RATCLIFFE
Company Secretary
20 November 2019

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
68

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
To the members of Carr’s Group plc 

1. Our opinion is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Carr’s Group plc (“the Company”) for the year ended 31 August 2019 which comprise the 
Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated and Company Statements of Comprehensive Income, Consolidated and Company 
Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, Company Statement of Changes in Equity, Consolidated and Company 
Statements of Cash Flows, and the related notes, including the Principal Accounting Policies.
In our opinion:
• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 31 August 2019 
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU);
the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

• 

• 

• 

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities are described below. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our 
opinion. Our audit opinion is consistent with our report to the audit committee.

We were first appointed as auditor by the shareholders on 8 January 2019. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for the one 
financial year ended 31 August 2019. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and we remain independent of the Group in 
accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities. No non-audit 
services prohibited by that standard were provided.

Overview

Materiality:

£850,000 

Group financial statements as a whole

4.9% of group profit before tax before non-recurring items

Coverage

92% of group profit before tax

Key audit matters

Risks

The impact of uncertainties due to the UK exiting the European Union on our audit

Going concern

Contract risk in Engineering on over time contracts

Parent Company: Valuation of Carr’s Group pension scheme defined benefit obligation

Parent Company: Valuation of certain Carr’s Group defined benefit pension scheme assets

Event driven

Acquisition accounting in respect of the acquisitions of Animax and NW Total Engineered 
Solutions

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

69

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2. Key audit matters: including our assessment of risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, 
including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. We summarise below the key audit matters in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with our 
key audit procedures to address those matters and, as required for public interest entities, our results from those procedures. These 
matters were addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are incidental to that opinion, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

The risk

Our response

The impact of 
uncertainties due to the 
UK exiting the European 
Union on our audit

Refer to page 31 (key risks), 
page 33 (viability 
statement) and page 47 
(Audit Committee Report).

Unprecedented levels of uncertainty:

All audits assess and challenge the 
reasonableness of estimates, in 
particular as described in the Contract 
Risk in Engineering on over time 
contracts, Going Concern, Valuation of 
Carr’s Group pension scheme defined 
benefit obligation (Parent Company), 
Valuation of certain Carr’s Group defined 
benefit pension scheme assets (Parent 
Company) and Acquisition accounting in 
respect of the acquisitions of Animax 
and NW Total Engineered Solutions key 
audit matters below, related disclosures 
and the appropriateness of the going 
concern basis of preparation of the 
financial statements (see below). All of 
these depend on assessments of the 
future economic environment and the 
group’s future prospects and 
performance.

In addition, we are required to consider 
the other information presented in the 
Annual Report including the principal 
risks disclosure and the viability 
statement and to consider the directors’ 
statement that the annual report and 
financial statements taken as a whole is 
fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

Brexit is one of the most significant 
economic events for the UK and at the 
date of this report its effects are subject 
to unprecedented levels of uncertainty 
of outcomes, with the full range of 
possible effects unknown.

We developed a standardised firm-wide approach to the 
consideration of the uncertainties arising from Brexit in 
planning and performing our audits. Our procedures 
included:

•  Our Brexit knowledge – We considered the directors’ 
assessment of Brexit-related sources of risk for the 
group’s business and financial resources compared 
with our own understanding of the risks. We considered 
the directors’ plans to take action to mitigate the risks.

•  Sensitivity analysis – When addressing the going 

concern assessment and other areas that depend on 
forecasts, we compared the directors’ analysis to our 
assessment of the full range of reasonably possible 
scenarios resulting from Brexit uncertainty and, where 
forecast cash flows are required to be discounted, 
considered adjustments to discount rates for the level 
of remaining uncertainty.

•  Assessing transparency – As well as assessing 

individual disclosures as part of our procedures on the 
going concern assessment, we considered all of the 
Brexit related disclosures together, including those in 
the strategic report, comparing the overall picture 
against our understanding of the risks.

Our results – As reported under the Contract Risk in 
Engineering on over time contracts, Going Concern, 
Valuation of Carr’s Group pension scheme defined benefit 
obligation (Parent Company), Valuation of certain Carr’s 
Group defined benefit pension scheme assets (Parent 
Company) and Acquisition accounting in respect of the 
acquisitions of Animax and NW Total Engineered Solutions 
key audit matters, we found the resulting estimates and 
related disclosures in relation to going concern to be 
acceptable. However, no audit should be expected to 
predict the unknowable factors or all possible future 
implications for a company and this is particularly the case 
in relation to Brexit.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
70

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT  CONTINUED
to the members of Carr’s Group plc 

The risk

Our response

Going concern

Disclosure quality

Our procedures included:

Refer to page 33 (viability 
statement), page 47 (Audit 
Committee Report) and 
page 85 (accounting policy). 

The financial statements explain how the 
Board has formed a judgement that it is 
appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of preparation for the group and 
parent company.

That judgement is based on an evaluation 
of the inherent risks to the Group’s and 
Company’s business model and how 
those risks might affect the Group’s and 
Company’s financial resources or ability to 
continue operations over a period of at 
least a year from the date of approval of 
the financial statements.

The risks most likely to adversely affect 
the Group’s and Company’s available 
financial resources over this period were:

•  The impact of Brexit on the Group’s 
Agriculture customer base in the 
United Kingdom linked to continued 
uncertainty over the nature of any 
future trade agreements and 
agricultural subsidies; and

•  The potential impacts of Brexit on the 

Group’s supply chain.

There are also less predictable but realistic 
second order impacts, such as the impact 
of Brexit and the erosion of customer or 
supplier confidence, which could result in 
a rapid reduction of available financial 
resources.

The risk for our audit was whether or not 
those risks were such that they amounted 
to a material uncertainty that may have 
cast significant doubt about the ability to 
continue as a going concern. Had they 
been such, then that fact would have been 
required to have been disclosed.

•  Market analysis – We inquired of key management to 

better understand the implications of the company’s share 
price performance and implied market expectations on 
the company’s going concern assessment. 

•  Assessment of forecast models – We assessed the 

Group’s forecast models to identify and challenge the key 
underlying inputs and assumptions, comparing the 
group’s assumptions used in the cash flow projections to 
externally derived data.

•  Funding assessment – We assessed the current and 

available committed facilities to understand the financial 
resources available to the Group during the forecast 
period from the balance sheet date and considered any 
related covenants requirements and the evidence 
available regarding whether they will be met.

•  Historical comparisons – We assessed historical 

forecasting accuracy by comparing forecast cash flows to 
those actually achieved by the Group.

•  Sensitivity analysis – We challenged the stress testing 
performed by the directors with reference to our own 
sensitivity analysis over the level of available financial 
resources indicated by the Group’s financial forecasts 
taking account of reasonably possible (but not unrealistic) 
adverse effects (including the possible impact of Brexit) 
that could arise from these risks individually and 
collectively.

•  Evaluating directors’ intent – We evaluated the intent of 
the directors and the achievability of the actions they 
would take to improve the position should certain risks 
materialise.

•  Assessing transparency – We assessed the 

completeness and accuracy of the going concern 
disclosures in the financial statements with reference to 
our challenge of the directors’ going concern assessment 
and considered whether they reflected the risks most 
likely to adversely affect the Group’s and Company’s 
available financial resources over the forecast period, and 
the risks associated with the Group‘s ability to continue as 
a going concern.

Our results – We found the going concern disclosure 
without any material uncertainty to be acceptable.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

71

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Contract risk in Engineering 
on over time contracts

(Revenue: £27.8m)

Refer to page 47 (Audit 
Committee Report), pages 
86 and 92 (accounting policy) 
and pages 95 and 108 
(financial disclosures).

The risk

Our response

Subjective estimate

Our procedures included:

For a significant proportion of its contracts 
in the Engineering division, the Group 
recognises revenue and profit over time. 
The recognition of contract revenue and 
profit over time is dependent upon 
estimates in relation to the estimated total 
revenues and forecast total costs of each 
performance obligation.

Areas impacting the recognition of 
revenue and resulting profit include:

Contracts were selected for substantive audit procedures 
based on quantitative factors, such as financial significance 
and profitability, and qualitative factors, such as contracts 
under increased management scrutiny, that we considered to 
be indicative of risk. Our audit testing for the contracts 
selected included the following:

•  Contract documentation – We inspected the contract 

documents and challenged the identification of 
performance obligations and the method of revenue 
recognition in accordance with IFRS 15.

•  The identification of separate 
performance obligations and 
assessing whether each should be 
recognised over time or at a point in 
time;

•  Contract clauses scrutiny – Our inspection of contract 
documents included a search for relevant contractual 
mechanisms such as pain/gain shares and liquidated 
damages and we assessed how these were reflected in 
the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

•  Assessment of stage of completion, 

estimated total revenues, and 
forecast costs to complete for each 
performance obligation;

•  Consideration of the Group’s 

performance against contractual 
obligations and the impact on 
revenue and costs of delivery;

•  The recognition of contract revenue 

variations, which should be 
recognised only when evidence 
supports the assessment that it is 
highly probable that a significant 
reversal in the amount of revenue 
recognised will not occur; and

•  The recognition and recoverability of 

contract assets.

We also identified a risk that contract costs 
could be reallocated between and from 
contracts, which in turn could impact the 
assessed stage of completion and related 
revenue and margin recognition.

The effect of these matters is that, as part 
of our risk assessment, we determined 
that contract revenue, profit recognition 
and the recoverability of contract assets 
involve a high degree of estimation 
uncertainty, with a potential range of 
reasonable outcomes greater than our 
materiality for the financial statements as a 
whole.

•  Challenge key judgements – For selected higher risk or 
larger value contracts, we obtained the detailed project 
review papers and challenged the Group’s judgements 
in respect of contract forecasts, contingencies, and the 
recoverability of contract assets via agreement to 
third-party certifications and confirmations, challenge 
of senior operational, commercial and financial 
management and with reference to our own expertise. 
We also performed corroborative inquiries of the 
Group’s in-house legal counsel.

• 

Independent re-performance – Where revenue is 
recognised over time, we recalculated progress 
towards satisfaction of the performance obligation to 
assess the expected revenue and profit recognition and 
compared this to the amounts recorded.

•  Tests of detail – We inspected a sample of 

correspondence with customers and third parties, 
including in instances where contract variations have 
arisen, to challenge the revenue and costs recorded.

•  Physical inspection – We performed physical 

inspections subsequent to the balance sheet date in 
respect of selected contracts, physically inspecting the 
job progress and challenging the stage of completion 
and forecast cost to complete through observation and 
discussion with key personnel.

•  Cost allocation – We challenged the allocation of 
contract costs through vouching costs to source 
documentation and checking that those costs related 
to the stated contract, reviewing certain controls 
including timesheet authorisation, and assessing 
instances where costs had been reallocated.

•  Assessing transparency – We considered the adequacy 
of the Group’s contract related disclosures including 
those in respect of estimates and judgements relating 
to contract revenues and profit recognition.

Our results – We found the revenues and profit recognised 
on over time contracts to be acceptable.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
72

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT  CONTINUED
to the members of Carr’s Group plc 

Acquisition accounting in 
respect of the acquisitions 
of Animax and NW Total 
Engineered Solutions

Refer to page 31 (key risks), 
page 47 (Audit Committee 
Report), pages 85 and 92 
(accounting policy) and 
pages 125 to 126 (financial 
disclosures).

The risk

Our response

Subjective estimate

Our procedures included:

•  Assessment of experts – We assessed the competence, 
capabilities and objectivity of the external valuation 
experts engaged by the Group to assist in estimating 
the fair value of material intangible assets acquired in 
both transactions, and in estimating the purchase 
consideration (including fair valuing the contingent 
consideration).

• 

Involvement of specialists – We involved our own 
valuation specialists to review the approach and 
valuation methodologies applied in identifying and 
valuing the separately identifiable intangible assets, 
and to assess the valuation approach in respect of the 
contingent consideration.

•  Test of detail – We inspected the share purchase 
agreement documents and assessed the Group’s 
acquisition workings and contingent consideration 
calculations with reference to these documents.

•  Assessing transparency – We considered the adequacy 

of the Group’s business combination related 
disclosures in respect of the disclosure requirements of 
IFRS 3.

Our results – We found the identification and valuation of 
other intangible assets and the valuation of contingent 
consideration related to these acquisitions to be acceptable.

As described in Note 30 of the financial 
statements, during the year the Group 
completed the acquisitions of Animax 
Limited (on 21 September 2018) and  
NW Total Engineered Solutions Limited  
(on 28 June 2019) for total cash 
consideration of up to £8.5m and £9.6m 
respectively.

These transactions have been accounted 
for in accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business 
Combinations’, with goodwill arising on 
both transactions.

The identified risks in respect of these 
material acquisitions include:

•  The identification, completeness and 
valuation of separately identifiable 
intangible assets recognised on 
acquisition; and

•  The estimation uncertainty 

associated with the valuation of 
contingent consideration included as 
part of the transaction consideration 
for both acquisitions.

The effect of these matters is that, as part 
of our risk assessment, we determined 
that the identification and valuation of 
other intangible assets and the valuation 
of continent consideration involve 
estimation uncertainty, with a potential 
range of reasonable outcomes greater 
than our materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

73

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Parent Company: Valuation 
of Carr's Group Pension 
Scheme defined benefit 
pension obligation

(£68.0m)

Refer to  page 47 (Audit 
Committee Report), pages 
87 and 92 (accounting 
policy) and pages 117 to 121 
(financial disclosures).

The risk

Our response

Subjective valuation

Our procedures included:

The Company operates a defined benefit 
pension scheme, the Carr’s Group Pension 
Scheme. The defined benefit obligation in 
respect of this scheme is material in the 
context of the overall balance sheet and 
the results of the Company.

•  Benchmarking assumptions – We challenged the key 

actuarial assumptions applied (discount rate, inflation rate 
and mortality rate) in estimating the defined benefit 
obligation with the support of our own pension 
specialists, including a comparison of the principal 
assumptions against market data.

•  Sensitivity analysis – We assessed the sensitivity of the 
defined benefit obligation to changes in certain key 
actuarial assumptions.

•  Assessment of experts – We assessed the competence, 

capabilities and objectivity of the external actuary 
engaged by the Company.

•  Assessing transparency – We considered the adequacy 
of the Company’s disclosures in respect of the sensitivity 
of the obligation to changes in key assumptions.

Our results – We found the valuation of the Carr’s Group 
Pension Scheme defined benefit pension obligation to be 
acceptable.

Significant estimates in respect of key 
actuarial assumptions including the 
discount rate, inflation rate and mortality 
rate, are made in valuing the Company’s 
defined benefit obligation (before 
deducting the scheme’s assets).

The scheme is closed to future accrual, 
but small changes in the assumptions and 
estimates would have a material impact 
on the financial position of the Company.

The Company engages external actuarial 
specialists to assist in selecting 
appropriate assumptions and to calculate 
the obligation.

The effect of these matters is that, as part 
of our risk assessment, we determined 
that the valuation of the Carr’s Group 
Pension Scheme defined benefit 
obligation has a high degree of estimation 
uncertainty, with a potential range of 
reasonable outcomes greater than our 
materiality for the Company’s financial 
statements as a whole, and possibly many 
times that amount. The financial 
statements (Note 27) disclose the 
sensitivities estimated by the Company.

Parent Company: Valuation 
of certain Carr's Group 
defined benefit pension 
scheme assets

(£6.8m)

Refer to page 47 (Audit 
Committee Report), pages 
87 and 92 (accounting 
policy) and pages 117 to 121 
(financial disclosures).

Subjective valuation

Our procedures included:

The Company operates a defined benefit 
pension scheme, the Carr’s Group Pension 
Scheme.

The Carr’s Group Pension Scheme holds 
assets for which quoted prices are not 
available. The valuation of these assets 
can have a significant impact on the 
surplus. Valuations are prepared based on 
most recent information available and are 
updated where appropriate.

The effect of this matter is that, as part of 
our risk assessment, we determined that 
the valuation of those Carr’s Group 
Pension Scheme assets for which quoted 
prices are not available is subject to a high 
degree of estimation uncertainty.

•  Asset confirmations – We obtained valuation statements 
in respect of the scheme’s investments directly from fund 
managers. We compared those confirmations with 
unaudited net asset value statements and assessed the 
ability of fund managers to prepare accurate valuations 
by performing a retrospective review, comparing to the 
latest available audited financial statements, where 
applicable.

•  Assessment of the fund and fund manager – We 
assessed the competence, capabilities, objectivity, 
internal control environment and the relevant financial 
regulation of the managers of the funds to assess the 
ability of the fund managers to prepare accurate 
valuations and honour prices provided. 

•  Assessing transparency – We considered the adequacy 

of the disclosures in respect of the scheme assets.

Our results – We found the valuation of the assets for 
which quoted prices were not available to be acceptable.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
74

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT  CONTINUED
to the members of Carr’s Group plc 

3. Our application of materiality and an overview of the 
scope of our audit
Materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set 
at £850,000, determined with reference to a benchmark of group 
profit before tax, normalised to exclude this year’s non-recurring 
items as disclosed in note 5, of which it represents 4.9%.

Materiality for the parent company financial statements as a 
whole was set at £350,000, determined with reference to a 
benchmark of company total assets, of which it represents 0.4%.

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or 
uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £42,500, in 
addition to other identified misstatements that warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the group’s 52 reporting components, we subjected eight to 
full scope audit for group purposes. We subjected two 
components to specified risk-focused audit procedures over 
property, plant and equipment (one component), revenue, cost of 
sales, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables (one 
component) and cash and cash equivalents (two components). 
The latter were not individually financially significant enough to 
require a full scope audit for group purposes, but did present 
specific individual risks that needed to be addressed. For the 
residual components, we performed analysis at an aggregated 
group level to re-examine our assessment that there were no 
significant risks of material misstatement within these.

The components within the scope of our work accounted for the 
percentages illustrated opposite. The remaining 2% of total group 
revenue, 8% of group profit before tax and 13% of total group 
assets is represented by eleven reporting components, none of 
which individually represented more than 5% of any of total group 
revenue, group profit before tax or total group assets. For these 
residual components, we performed analysis at an aggregated 
group level to re-examine our assessment that there were no 
significant risks of material misstatement within these.

The Group team instructed component auditors as to the 
significant areas to be covered, including the relevant risks 
detailed above and the information to be reported back. The 
Group team approved the component materialities, which ranged 
from £100,000 to £620,000, having regard to the mix of size and 
risk profile of the Group across the components. The work on two 
of the eight components subject to full scope audits for group 
purposes was performed by component auditors and the rest, 
including the audit of the parent company, was performed by the 
Group team. The Group team performed procedures on the items 
excluded from normalised group profit before tax. 

The Group team held telephone conference meetings with the 
component auditors. At these meetings, the findings reported to 
the Group team were discussed in more detail, and any further 
work required by the Group team was then performed by the 
component auditor. 

Profit before tax and 
non-recurring items £17.2m

Group Materiality
£850,000

£850,000
Whole financial 
statements materiality

£620,000
Range of materiality at
10 components
(£100,000 - £620,000)

£42,500
Misstatements reported
to the Audit Committee

Profit before tax before non-recurring items 
Group materiality

Group revenue

Group profit before tax

0.5

8

98%

92%

98

92

Group total assets

3

87%

84

Full scope for group audit purposes 2019

Specified risk focused audit procedures 2019

Residual components

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

      
75

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

4. We have nothing to report on going concern
The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Company or the 
Group or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the Company’s and the Group’s financial position means that this 
is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability to 
continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of the financial statements (“the going concern period”).

Our responsibility is to conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors’ conclusions and, had there been a material uncertainty 
related to going concern, to make reference to that in this audit report. However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions 
and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were 
made, the absence of reference to a material uncertainty in this auditor’s report is not a guarantee that the Group and the Company will 
continue in operation.

We identified going concern as a key audit matter (see section 2 of this report). Based on the work described in our response to that 
key audit matter, we are required to report to you if:
•  we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the Principal Accounting Policies to 

the financial statements on the use of the going concern basis of accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast significant 
doubt over the Group and Company’s use of that basis for a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements; or
the same statement under the Listing Rules is materially inconsistent with our audit knowledge.

• 

We have nothing to report in these respects.

5. We have nothing to report on the other information in the Annual Report
The directors are responsible for the other information presented in the Annual Report together with the financial statements.  
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, 
except as explicitly stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, the 
information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that 
work we have not identified material misstatements in the other information.

Strategic report and directors’ report
Based solely on our work on the other information:
•  we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report and the directors’ report;
• 
• 

in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and
in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ remuneration report
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

Disclosures of principal risks and longer-term viability
Based on the knowledge we acquired during our financial statements audit, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to:
• 

the directors’ confirmation within the Viability Statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity;
the Principal Risks disclosures describing these risks and explaining how they are being managed and mitigated; and
the directors’ explanation in the Viability Statement of how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they 
have done so and why they considered that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their 
assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

• 
• 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the Viability Statement. We have nothing to report in this respect.

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context of only the knowledge acquired during our financial statements audit.  
As we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with 
judgments that were reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of anything to report on these statements is not a guarantee 
as to the Group’s and Company’s longer-term viability.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
76

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT  CONTINUED
to the members of Carr’s Group plc 

Corporate governance disclosures 
We are required to report to you if:
•  we have identified material inconsistencies between the knowledge we acquired during our financial statements audit and the 
directors’ statement that they consider that the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business 
model and strategy; or
the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated 
by us to the Audit Committee; or

• 

•  a corporate governance statement has not been prepared by the company.

We are required to report to you if the Statement of Compliance with UK Corporate Governance Code does not properly disclose a 
departure from the eleven provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for our review.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

Based solely on our work on the other information described above:
•  with respect to the Statement of Compliance with UK Corporate Governance Code disclosures about internal control and risk 

management systems in relation to financial reporting processes and about share capital structures:
 – we have not identified material misstatements therein; and
 – the information therein is consistent with the financial statements; and
in our opinion, the Statement of Compliance with UK Corporate Governance Code has been prepared in accordance with relevant 
rules of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority.

• 

6. We have nothing to report on the other matters on which we are required to report by exception
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

• 

from branches not visited by us; or
the parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

7. Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on pages 66 to 67, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial 
statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable 
the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group 
and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or 
have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or other irregularities (see below), or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud, other irregularities or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of the financial statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

Irregularities – ability to detect
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements 
from our general commercial and sector experience and, through discussion with the directors and other management (as required by 
auditing standards) and from inspection of the group’s legal correspondence and discussed with the directors and other management 
the policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations. We communicated identified laws and regulations 
throughout our team and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance throughout the audit. This included communication 
from the group to component audit teams of relevant laws and regulations identified at group level.

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial statements varies considerably.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

77

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the financial statements including financial reporting legislation 
(including related companies legislation), distributable profits legislation and taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of 
compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the related financial statement items.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material 
effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation. We identified the 
following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: health and safety, anti-bribery, employment law, regulatory capital and 
liquidity and certain aspects of company legislation, recognising the nature of the group’s activities. Auditing standards limit the 
required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of the directors and other 
management and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Through these procedures, we became aware of actual or 
suspected non-compliance and considered the effect as part of our procedures on the related financial statement items. The 
identified actual or suspected non-compliance was not sufficiently significant to our audit to result in our response being identified as 
a key audit matter.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements 
in the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For 
example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations (irregularities) is from the events and transactions reflected in 
the financial statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it. In addition, 
as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-detection of irregularities, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance and cannot 
be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

8. The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to 
anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have 
formed.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Nick Plumb
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants 
Quayside House
110 Quayside
Newcastle Upon Tyne
NE1 3DX
20 November 2019

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
78

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT 
For the year ended 31 August 2019

Continuing operations
Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses

Adjusted1 share of post-tax results of associates
Non-recurring items

Share of post-tax results of associates
Share of post-tax results of joint ventures

Adjusted1 operating profit
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items

Operating profit
Finance income
Finance costs

Adjusted1 profit before taxation
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year

Profit attributable to:
Equity shareholders
Non-controlling interests

Earnings per ordinary share (pence)
Basic
Diluted
Adjusted1

Notes

2,3

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

403,905
(349,798)

403,192
(349,864)

54,107
(18,454)
(20,835)

53,328
(18,950)
(21,188)

5

2
5

2,4
7
7

2
5

2
8

10
10
10

1,230
(306)

924
1,453

18,930
(1,735)

17,195
463
(1,349)

18,044
(1,735)

16,309
(2,685)

1,634
–

1,634
1,581

17,464
(1,059)

16,405
358
(1,261)

16,561
(1,059)

15,502
(1,855)

13,624

13,647

12,049
1,575

13,624

13.1
12.8
14.6

11,892
1,755

13,647

13.0
12.7
13.9

1  Adjusted results are after adding back amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items including acquisition costs.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
79

CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY STATEMENTS OF 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the year ended 31 August 2019

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Foreign exchange translation gains/(losses) arising on translation of 

overseas subsidiaries
Net investment hedges
Taxation charge on net investment hedges

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Actuarial (losses)/gains on retirement benefit asset:
– Group
– Share of associate
Taxation credit/(charge) on actuarial (losses)/gains on retirement  

benefit asset:

– Group
– Share of associate

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity shareholders
Non-controlling interests

Group

2019
£’000

Company

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

Notes

13,624

13,647

6,768

2018
£’000

2,541

1,857
37
(7)

(505)
111
(21)

–
–
–

–
–
–

27

18

(1,845)
(88)

4,836
1,194

(1,845)
–

4,836
–

314
15

283

13,907

12,332
1,575

13,907

(822)
(203)

4,590

18,237

16,482
1,755

18,237

314
–

(1,531)

5,237

5,237
–

5,237

(822)
–

4,014

6,555

6,555
–

6,555

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY BAL ANCE SHEETS
As at 31 August 2019 
(Company Number 00098221)

Group

Company

Notes

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

11
11
12
13
14,17
14,15
14,16
14

32,877
9,318
41,917
164
–
13,392
9,671
76

24,272
2,223
38,484
170
–
13,129
8,004
74

–
376
158
–
26,538
245
272
–

–
328
155
–
26,561
245
272
–

15,405
10,146
233

21
27
18

19
20
21
22

26
23

22
7,769
410

21
10,146
–

16,413
7,769
285

115,616

96,523

52,056

53,345

46,270
9,466
56,349
–

42,371
–
67,516
119

–
–
36,185
840

–
–
22,515
1,360

–
28,649

26
24,632

–
6,778

–
4,955

140,734 134,664

43,803

28,830

  256,350

231,187

95,859

82,175

25 (23,856)
20
(1,269)
24 (62,653)
(1,010)

(34,994)
–
(64,290)
(175)

(7,806)
–
(2,533)
–

(18,839)
–
(2,461)
–

(88,788)

(99,459)

(10,339)

(21,300)

25 (28,586)
(4,987)
18
(2,999)
24

(4,997)
(3,981)
(1,784)

(26,846)
(1,321)
–

(3,564)
(1,725)
–

(36,572)

(10,762)

(28,167)

(5,289)

(125,360)

(110,221)

(38,506)

(26,589)

130,990

120,966

57,353

55,586

Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Investment in subsidiary undertakings
Investment in associate
Interest in joint ventures
Other investments
Financial assets
– Non-current receivables
Retirement benefit asset
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Contract assets
Trade and other receivables
Current tax assets
Financial assets
– Derivative financial instruments
– Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities
– Borrowings
Contract liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
– Borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Other non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81

CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY BAL ANCE SHEETS  CONTINUED
As at 31 August 2019 
(Company Number 00098221)

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings:

At beginning of the year
Effect of IFRS 15 adoption
Profit attributable to the equity shareholders
Other changes in retained earnings

Total shareholders’ equity
Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Notes

28

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2,299
9,165
7,922

2,285
9,141
5,888

2,299
9,165
1,693

87,967
(124)
12,049
(5,028)

74,802
–
11,892
1,273

42,623
–
6,768
(5,195)

2,285
9,141
1,537

39,814
–
2,541
268

94,864

87,967

44,196

42,623

114,250
16,740

105,281
15,685

57,353
–

55,586
–

130,990

120,966

57,353

55,586

The financial statements set out on pages 78 to 131 were approved by the Board on 20 November 2019 and signed on its behalf by:

TIM J DAVIES 

NEIL AUSTIN

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUIT Y
For the year ended 31 August 2019

Share 
Capital
£’000

Share 
Premium
£’000

Treasury
Share
Reserve
£’000

Equity
Compensation
Reserve
£’000

Foreign 
Exchange 
Reserve
£’000

Other  
Reserve
£’000

Retained 
Earnings
£’000

Total
Shareholders’
Equity
£’000

Non- 
controlling 
Interests
£’000

Total Equity 
£’000

At 3 September 2017

2,285

9,130

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive 
(expense)/income

Total comprehensive 
(expense)/income

Dividends paid
Equity settled share-based 

payment transactions

Excess deferred taxation on 

share-based payments

Allotment of shares
Transfer

–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–
11
–

At 1 September 2018

2,285

9,141

As previously reported at  

1 September 2018

Effect of IFRS 15 adoption

At 2 September 2018 

(restated)1

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive  
income/(expense)

Total comprehensive 

income

Dividends paid
Equity settled share-based 

payment transactions

Allotment of shares
Purchase of own shares 

held in trust

Reclassified from liabilities
Transfer

2,285
–

9,141
–

2,285

9,141

–

–

–
–

–
14

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–
24

–
–
–

At 31 August 2019

2,299

9,165

–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–
–

(13)
–
13

–

386

4,674

205

74,802

91,482

14,441

105,923

–

–

–
–

1,041

–
–
–

–

(415)

(415)
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–
(3)

11,892

11,892

1,755

13,647

5,005

4,590

–

4,590

16,897
(3,770)

16,482
(3,770)

1,755
(588)

18,237
(4,358)

8

27
–
3

1,049

76

1,125

27
11
–

1
–
–

28
11
–

1,427

4,259

202

87,967

105,281

15,685

120,966

1,427
–

4,259
–

202
–

87,967
(124)

105,281
(124)

15,685 120,966
(124)

–

1,427

4,259

202

87,843

105,157

15,685 120,842

–

–

–
–

53
–

–
97
–

–

1,887

1,887
–

–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–
–

–
–
(3)

12,049

12,049

1,575

13,624

(1,604)

283

–

283

10,445
(4,173)

12,332
(4,173)

1,575
(588)

13,907
(4,761)

759
–

–
–
(10)

812
38

(13)
97
–

68
–

–
–
–

880
38

(13)
97
–

1,577

6,146

199

94,864

114,250

16,740 130,990

The equity compensation reserve reflects the cumulative accounting impact, at the balance sheet date, of the fair value of the share 
schemes over the vesting periods. The movement on the equity compensation reserve is taken through the consolidated income 
statement. During the year £759,000 (2018: £8,000) was transferred from the equity compensation reserve to retained earnings in 
respect of options exercised in the year.

The Group has opted to use previous revaluations of property made under UK GAAP as deemed cost. On adoption of IFRS the 
revaluation reserve was reclassified to other reserves.

1  Restated for the adoption of IFRS 15 (note 37)

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
83

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUIT Y
For the year ended 31 August 2019

At 3 September 2017

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid
Equity settled share-based payment transactions
Excess deferred taxation on share-based payments
Allotment of shares

At 1 September 2018

At 2 September 2018

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid
Equity settled share-based payment transactions
Excess deferred taxation on share-based payments
Allotment of shares
Purchase of own shares held in trust
Reclassified from liabilities
Transfer

Share  
Capital
£’000

Share 
Premium
£’000

2,285

9,130

–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
11

2,285

2,285

9,141

9,141

–
–

–

–
–
–
14
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
24
–
–
–

At 31 August 2019

2,299

9,165

Treasury 
Share 
Reserve
£’000

Equity
Compensation
Reserve
£’000

Retained  
Earnings
£’000

Total  
Equity
£’000

–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
(13)
–
13

–

424

39,814

51,653

–
–

–

–
1,113
–
–

2,541
4,014

2,541
4,014

6,555

6,555

(3,770)
2
22
–

(3,770)
1,115
22
11

1,537

42,623

55,586

1,537

42,623

55,586

–
–

–

–
59
–
–
–
97
–

6,768
(1,531)

6,768
(1,531)

5,237

5,237

(4,173)
520
2
–
–
–
(13)

(4,173)
579
2
38
(13)
97
–

1,693

44,196

57,353

The equity compensation reserve reflects the cumulative accounting impact, at the balance sheet date, of the fair value of the share 
schemes over the vesting periods. The movement on the equity compensation reserve is taken through the income statement where it 
relates to employees of the Company and to investment in subsidiaries where it relates to employees of the subsidiaries. During the 
year £520,000 (2018: £2,000) was transferred from the equity compensation reserve to retained earnings and £301,000 (2018: £9,000) 
was transferred from the equity compensation reserve to investment in subsidiaries in respect of options exercised in the year.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
84

CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the year ended 31 August 2019

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from/(used in) continuing operations
Interest received
Interest paid
Tax paid

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiaries (net of overdraft/cash acquired)
Contingent/deferred consideration paid
Net costs of disposal of associate
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Net (payment)/receipt of loans to subsidiaries
Dividend received from associate and joint ventures
Loan repaid by associate
Other loans
Purchase of intangible assets
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of own shares held in trust
Redemption of preference shares in joint venture

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital
New bank loans and movement on RCF
Finance lease principal repayments
Repayment of borrowings
(Decrease)/increase in other borrowings
Dividends paid to shareholders
Dividends paid to related party

Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities

Effects of exchange rate changes

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

Notes

31

14

28

9

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

16,004
178
(1,276)
(2,306)

14,980
226
(1,210)
(2,511)

(2,587)
1,765
(547)
492

(2,124)
1,711
(513)
(473)

12,600

11,485

(877)

(1,399)

(9,868)
(379)
–
–
–
711
–
79
(1,310)
831
(4,471)
(13)
–

(1,522)
(2,617)
(90)
–
–
704
1,008
59
(325)
189
(4,488)
–
20

–
–
–
6,805
(12,623)
588
–
–
(89)
–
(46)
(13)
–

–
–
–
4,625
787
588
–
–
(328)
–
(229)
–
–

(14,420)

(7,062)

(5,378)

5,443

38
14,430
(1,278)
(2,493)
(1,352)
(4,173)
(588)

11
(2,076)
(997)
(3,241)
8,934
(3,770)
(588)

38
13,763
–
(1,613)
–
(4,173)
–

11
(2,076)
–
(1,750)
–
(3,770)
–

4,584

(1,727)

8,015

(7,585)

526

(305)

63

2

3,290
21,005

2,391
18,614

 23

24,295

21,005

1,823
4,955

6,778

(3,539)
8,494

4,955

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

85

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of accounting
The consolidated and Company financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) and International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretation Committee (IFRS IC) interpretations 
endorsed by the European Union (EU) and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The Company is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales whose shares are listed and traded on 
the London Stock Exchange. The address of its registered office is Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, Cumbria CA3 9BA.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts 
of revenues and expenses during the reporting year. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the 
amount, event or actions, actual results ultimately may differ materially from the estimates.

Accounting policies have been applied consistently, other than where new policies have been adopted.

The consolidated and Company financial statements are prepared under the historic cost convention as modified by the revaluation of 
certain financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivative financial instruments) at fair value through profit or loss.

The accounting policies for the Group and Company are detailed below:

Going concern
The Directors have reviewed the Group’s operational forecasts and projections for the next 12 months, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance, together with the planned capital investment over that same period. The Group is expected 
to have a sufficient level of financial resources available through operating cash flows and existing bank facilities.

The key risks to future performance are discussed on pages 30 to 32 in the strategic report. The financial position of the Group 
including cash flows and borrowing facilities are described in the financial review on pages 16 to 17 in the strategic report.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and the Company have adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the Annual Report and Accounts.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise Carr’s Group plc and all its subsidiaries, together with the Group’s share of the results 
of its associate and joint ventures. The financial information of the subsidiaries, associate and joint ventures is prepared as of the same 
reporting date and consolidated using consistent accounting policies. Group inter-company balances and transactions, including any 
unrealised profits arising from Group inter-company transactions, are eliminated in full.

Results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of during the current and prior financial year were included in the financial 
statements from the effective date of control or up to the date of cessation of control. The separable net assets, both tangible and 
intangible, of the acquired subsidiary undertakings were incorporated into the financial statements on the basis of the fair value as at 
the effective date of the Group acquiring control.

An investor controls an investee when it is exposed, or has right, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the 
ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Control requires power over the investee, exposure, or rights, to 
variable returns and the ability to use power to affect returns. Subsidiaries are entities that meet this definition of control.

Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanied by a share of between 
20% and 50% of the voting rights. Joint ventures are entities over which the Group has joint control, established by contractual 
agreement. Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. The Group’s share of its 
associates’ and joint ventures’ post-tax results are recognised in the income statement, and its share of movement in reserves is 
recognised in reserves. The cumulative movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. The Group’s 
investment in associate and joint ventures includes any goodwill arising on acquisition. If the Group’s share of losses in an associate or 
joint venture equals or exceeds its investment in the associate or joint venture, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it 
has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture.

All subsidiaries are accounted for by applying the purchase method. The cost of a business combination is measured as the aggregate 
of the fair values, at the acquisition date, of the assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the 
Group. The identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree are measured initially at fair value at the acquisition 
date, irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling interest. The excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group’s 
interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is recognised as goodwill. Contingent 
consideration is measured initially at fair value and is revalued to fair value at each subsequent period end until the period in which  
it is settled.

Acquisition related costs are expensed to the consolidated income statement in the year they are incurred.

The Group applies a policy of treating transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with parties external to the Group.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
86

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES   
CONTINUED

Employee share trust
IFRS 10 requires that the Group consolidate a structured entity where the substance of the relationship between the parties indicates 
that the Group controls the entity. The employee share trust sponsored by the Group falls within this category of structured entity and 
has been accounted for as if it were, in substance, a subsidiary.

Currency translation
The financial statements for the Group’s subsidiaries, associate and joint ventures are prepared using their functional currency. The 
functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which an entity operates. The presentation currency of the 
Group and Company is Sterling.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Exchange differences resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation, at exchange rates 
ruling at the balance sheet date, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are 
recognised in the consolidated income statement.

The balance sheets of foreign operations are translated into sterling using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date and the income 
statements are translated into sterling using the average exchange rate for the year. Where this average is not a reasonable 
approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, the exchange rate on the transaction date is 
used. Exchange differences arising are recognised as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. On disposal of a foreign operation 
any cumulative exchange differences held in shareholders’ equity are transferred to the consolidated income statement.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised when the Group transfers control over a product or service to its customer. Revenue is measured based on the 
consideration specified in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties. Inter segmental 
transactions are on an arm’s length basis.

The Group recognises revenue both at a point in time and over time. Revenues generated by the Group’s Agriculture division are 
recognised at a point in time. Revenues generated by the Group’s Engineering division are recognised over time where the contract 
with the customer does not create an asset with an alternative use and where there is an enforceable right to payment for performance 
completed to date. Where this is not the case revenue is recognised at a point in time.

In respect of contracts that meet the criteria to be recognised over time, revenue is calculated on the basis of the stage of completion 
of each contract.

The Group applies a single method of measuring progress for each performance obligation satisfied over time and applies this method 
consistently to similar performance obligations and in similar circumstances. Depending on the nature and circumstances of the 
performance obligation, the stage of completion is determined with reference to either: 
•  The proportion that contract costs incurred for work performed to date bear to the total estimated contract costs; or 
•  The proportion that contract output is delivered towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation with reference to 

certified contract works.

Revenue is recognised for a performance obligation satisfied over time only if the Group can reasonably measure its progress towards 
complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. In circumstances when it cannot reasonably measure the outcome, but expects 
to recover the costs incurred in satisfying the performance obligation, the Group recognises revenue only to the extent of the costs 
incurred. The Group would not be able to reasonably measure its progress towards complete satisfaction of a performance obligation 
if it lacks reliable information that would be required to apply an appropriate method of measuring progress.

Where it is probable that contract costs will exceed total contract revenue the expected loss is recognised immediately as an expense 
in the consolidated income statement.

Contract modifications such as variations to the original order are not accounted for until they are approved by the customer. Where a 
modification to an existing contract occurs, the nature of the modification is assessed to determine whether it represents a separate 
performance obligation required to be satisfied by the Group or whether it is a modification to the existing performance obligation.

The Group does not expect to have any contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods or services to the customer 
and payment by the customer exceeds one year. As a consequence, the Group does not apply the time value of money to its transaction prices. 

Incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer are only recognised when it is expected that these costs will be recovered. 
Costs to obtain a contract that would have been incurred regardless of whether the contract was obtained are recognised as an 
expense when incurred, unless those costs are explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained. 
Where the amortisation period of an asset that would otherwise have been recognised is one year or less, the incremental costs of 
obtaining a contract are expensed when incurred.

IFRS 15 introduces new asset and liability categories, ‘Contract assets’ and ‘Contract liabilities’. Contract assets exist when the Group 
has a right to consideration in exchange for goods or services transferred to a customer when that right is conditional on something 
other than the passage of time (e.g. future performance). Contract liabilities exist when the Group has an obligation to transfer goods or 
services to a customer for which the Group has already received consideration. The Group has adopted IFRS 15 with effect from 2 
September 2018 and has applied the standard retrospectively.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

87

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Retirement benefit asset/obligations
The Group offers various pension schemes to employees including a defined benefit pension scheme and several defined 
contribution schemes.

The assets of the Group’s pension schemes are held separately from those of the Group and are invested with independent 
investment managers.

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are charged to the consolidated income statement in the year to which they relate.

Carr’s Group Pension Scheme
The asset recognised in the consolidated and Company balance sheet at the year end is the fair value of scheme assets at the balance 
sheet date less the present value of the defined benefit obligation. Independent actuaries calculate the defined benefit asset annually 
using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated 
future cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits 
will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

The service costs, including pension scheme administrative costs, are included in operating profit in the consolidated income statement.

A credit is made within interest which represents a net interest amount that is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning 
of the year to the net defined benefit asset at the beginning of the year. The net interest amount also takes into account changes to the 
net asset during the year.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the 
consolidated and Company statement of comprehensive income. The pension scheme deficit or surplus, to the extent considered 
recoverable, is recognised in full on the consolidated balance sheet.

IFRIC 14 confirms that where a company has an unconditional right to a refund of surplus from a defined benefit pension plan during 
the lifetime of that plan or when it winds it up, and where there is expected to be surplus assets, there is no limit on the asset the 
Company can show on its balance sheet. Following a review of the Scheme’s Trust deed the Directors believe there is a right to 
recognise the IAS 19 pension surplus. At 31 August 2019 and 1 September 2018 the consolidated and Company balance sheet 
recognises the full surplus on the Carr’s Group defined benefit pension scheme.

Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme
One of the Group’s subsidiaries is a participating employer in the Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme, which is a multi-employer 
defined benefit pension scheme. Note 27 provides further information on this scheme and how it has been accounted for in the 
consolidated accounts.

Share based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at 
fair value at the date of the grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest.

Fair value is measured by use of a valuation model. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s 
best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

At each balance sheet date the Group revises its estimate of the number of options that are expected to vest. Changes to the fair value 
recognised as a result of this are charged or credited to the consolidated income statement with a corresponding adjustment to the 
equity compensation reserve.

Interest
Interest is recognised in the consolidated income statement on an accruals basis using the effective interest method.

Borrowing costs
General and specific borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are 
assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those 
assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the consolidated income statement in the year in which they are incurred.

Operating segments
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal financial information about components of the Group that 
are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (‘CODM’) to allocate resources to the segments and to assess their 
performance. The CODM has been identified as the Executive Directors.

The CODM considers the business from a product/services perspective. Operating segments have been identified as Agriculture 
and Engineering.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
88

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES   
CONTINUED

Non-recurring items
Non-recurring items that are material by size and/or by nature are presented within their relevant income statement category, but 
highlighted separately on the face of the income statement. Items that management consider fall into this category are also disclosed 
within a note to the financial statements. The separate disclosure of profit before non-recurring items helps provide a better indication 
of the Group’s underlying business performance. Events which may give rise to non-recurring items include, but are not limited to, 
gains or losses on the disposal of subsidiaries/businesses, derivative gains or losses in respect of capital expenditure, gains or losses 
on the disposal of properties, gains or losses on the disposal of material investments, the restructuring of businesses, the integration of 
new businesses, acquisition related costs, contingent consideration linked to continued employment of key personnel, adjustments to 
contingent consideration arising from fair value revaluation, asset impairments including impairment of goodwill and the past service 
costs in respect of GMP equalisation.

Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the Group’s interest in 
the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the fair value of the non-
controlling interest in the acquiree.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the CGUs, or groups of 
CGUs, that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated 
represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential 
impairment. The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use and the fair 
value less costs of disposal. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.

Goodwill written off to reserves under UK GAAP prior to 31 August 1998 has not been reinstated and would not form part of the gain or 
loss on the disposal of a business.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation commences 
when assets are available for use. The expected useful lives, over which the assets are amortised, are generally as follows:

Customer relationships 
Brands 
Know-how 
Proprietary technology 
Development costs 
Patents and trademarks 
Contract backlog 
Software 

1 – 10 years
6 – 25 years
15 years
5 – 13 years
5 – 15 years
contractual life
3 years
3 – 10 years

Intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis.

The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value at the acquisition date. The cost of separately 
acquired intangible assets comprises the purchase price and any directly attributable costs of preparing the assets for use.

Research and development costs
All research costs are recognised in the consolidated income statement as incurred. Development costs are recognised as an asset 
only to the extent that specific recognition criteria, as set out in IAS38 ‘Intangible assets’, relevant to the proposed application are met 
and the amount recognised is recoverable through future economic benefits.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises 
purchase price and directly attributable costs.

Freehold land and assets in the course of construction are not depreciated. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation is 
calculated on a straight-line basis to allocate cost less residual values of the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows: 

Freehold buildings 
Leasehold buildings 
Plant and equipment 

up to 50 years
shorter of 50 years or lease term
3 to 20 years

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial year-end.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

89

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Assets not fully constructed at the balance sheet date are classified as assets in the course of construction. When construction is 
complete these assets are reclassified to the appropriate heading within property, plant and equipment. Depreciation commences 
when the asset is ready for use.

The cost of maintenance, repairs and minor equipment is charged to the consolidated income statement as incurred; the cost of major 
renovations and improvements is capitalised.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within the 
consolidated income statement.

Investment property
Investment properties are properties held for long-term rental yields. Investment properties are carried in the balance sheet at cost 
less accumulated depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. For all other investment property, depreciation is calculated on a 
straight-line basis to allocate cost less residual values of the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Freehold buildings 

up to 50 years

The cost of maintenance, repairs and minor equipment is charged to the consolidated income statement as incurred; the cost of major 
renovations and improvements is capitalised.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within the 
consolidated income statement.

Impairment of non-financial assets
Non-financial assets are reviewed for impairment where there are any events or changes in circumstances that would indicate potential 
impairment. In addition, at each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that goodwill may be impaired. Where 
an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes an estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds 
its recoverable amount the asset is written down to its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use and is deemed for an individual asset. If the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of 
those from other assets or groups of assets, the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs is determined. 
Discount rates reflecting the asset specific risks and the time value of money are used for the value in use calculation.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour 
costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Where 
appropriate, cost is calculated on a specific identification basis. Otherwise inventories are valued using the first-in first-out method.

Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs to completion and costs to be incurred in 
marketing, selling and distribution.

Provision has been made, where necessary, for slow moving, obsolete and defective inventories.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated and Company statement of cash flows comprise cash at bank and in 
hand, money market deposits and other short term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and bank 
overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are presented in borrowings within current liabilities in the consolidated and Company balance sheet.

Grants
Grants received on capital expenditure are recorded as deferred income and taken to the consolidated income statement in equal 
annual instalments over the expected useful lives of the assets concerned.

Revenue grants and contributions are taken to the consolidated income statement in the year to which they apply.

Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases at inception where substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the 
Group. Assets classified as finance leases are capitalised on the consolidated balance sheet and are depreciated over the shorter of 
the useful life of the asset and the term of the lease. The interest element of the rental obligations is charged to the consolidated 
income statement over the period of the lease using the actuarial method.

Rentals paid under operating leases are charged to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
lease. Leasehold land is normally classified as an operating lease. Payments made to acquire leasehold land are included in 
prepayments at cost and are amortised over the life of the lease. Any incentives to enter into operating leases are recognised as a 
reduction of rental expense over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
90

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES   
CONTINUED

Tax
The tax charge comprises current tax and deferred tax.

The current tax charge represents an estimate of the amounts payable to tax authorities in respect of the Group’s taxable profits.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in 
the consolidated and Company financial statements. Deferred tax arising from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction, 
other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, is not 
recognised. Deferred tax is measured using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and 
are expected to apply when the asset is realised or the liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, except where 
the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Tax is recognised in the consolidated income statement, unless the tax relates to items recognised directly in shareholders’ equity, in which 
case the tax is recognised directly in shareholders’ equity through the consolidated and Company statement of comprehensive income.

Dividends
Final equity dividends to the shareholders of the Company are recognised in the year that they are approved by the shareholders. 
Interim equity dividends are recognised in the year that they are paid.

Dividends receivable are recognised in the period in which they are received.

Classification of financial instruments issued by the Group and Company
Financial instruments issued by the Group and Company are treated as equity only to the extent that they meet the following two 
conditions: 
(a) they include no contractual obligations upon the Group or Company to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange 
financial assets or financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Group or 
Company; and 

(b) where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes no 

obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the 
Company’s exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the proceeds of issue are classified as a financial liability. Where the instrument so 
classified takes the legal form of the Company’s own shares, the amounts presented in these financial statements for called up share 
capital and share premium account exclude amounts in relation to those shares.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised on the consolidated and Company balance sheet when the Group and Company 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets classified under IAS 39 as loans and receivables continue to be classified within the amortised cost category under 
IFRS 9. This includes current trade and other receivables and non-current receivables on the Group and Company balance sheets.

The Group and Company classifies its financial assets under the measurement categories of amortised cost, for non-derivative 
financial assets, or measured subsequently at fair value through either profit or loss or comprehensive income. 

Non-derivative financial assets
Non-derivative financial assets include contract assets, trade and other receivables and non-current receivables. As these categories 
of financial assets do not carry a significant financing element, expected credit losses are measured using the simplified impairment 
approach. This requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised upon the initial recognition of the asset.

Non-derivative financial assets are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

91

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group primarily uses forward foreign currency contracts, options and currency swaps to manage its exposures to fluctuating 
foreign exchange rates. These instruments are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value at 
each balance sheet date.

The Group’s policy is to hedge its international assets and it has designated foreign currency loans as a hedge against net investment 
in foreign operations. The portion of the gain or loss on an instrument used to hedge a net investment in a foreign operation that is 
determined as an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. The gain or loss on any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised 
immediately in the consolidated income statement. The Group continues to apply IAS 39 for the purposes of hedge accounting as 
permitted by IFRS 9.

New standards and interpretations
From 2 September 2018 the following became effective and were adopted by the Group and Company:

IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’ 
IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’
Clarifications to IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ 
Amendment to IFRS 15 – effective date of IFRS 15
Amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based payments on clarifying share-based payment transactions
Amendments to IFRS 4 ‘Insurance contracts’ regarding the implementation of IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’
IFRIC 22 Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration
Amendment to IAS 40 ‘Investment property’ relating to transfers of investment property
Annual improvements to IFRSs – 2014-2016 cycle

With the exception of IFRS 9 and IFRS 15, which are discussed further below, the adoption of the above amendments and 
interpretations has had no impact on the Group or Company’s profit for the year or equity.

The Group and Company adopted IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’ retrospectively from 2 September 2018. There was no material impact 
on adoption of this new standard.

The Group and Company adopted IFRS 15 with effect from 2 September 2018 and has applied the standard retrospectively with the 
cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognised at the date of initial application. The Group has restated its opening 
equity position as at 2 September 2018 by a charge of £0.1m. Comparative information has not been restated and is therefore still 
reported under IAS 11 and IAS 18. To assist comparability, note 37 shows the balance sheet as at 31 August 2019 had the Group 
continued to adopt IAS 11 and IAS 18.

New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not yet effective and not early adopted
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over income tax treatments
Amendment to IFRS 9 Financial instruments on prepayment features with negative compensation 
Amendments to IAS 28 ‘Investment in associates’, on long term interests in associates and joint ventures
Annual improvements to IFRSs – 2015-2017 cycle
Amendments to IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’

IFRS 16, “Leases”, is effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019, and will therefore first apply to Carr’s in the year ending 
August 2020. Under IFRS 16, leases currently treated as operating leases such as property leases, company cars and some IT 
equipment will be recorded as an asset and a lease liability.

The Group intends to apply the modified retrospective approach to transition and comparative amounts will not be restated. On 
transition to IFRS 16 total assets will increase by approximately £8.2m-£13.6m with total liabilities increasing by approximately 
£9.3m-£15.4m.

Significant judgements, key assumptions and estimates 
Application of certain Group accounting policies requires management to make judgements, assumptions and estimates concerning 
the future as detailed below.

The following is considered to be a significant judgement.

Recognition of pension scheme surplus
The balance sheet includes a retirement benefit asset of £7.8m (2018: £10.1m).  Significant judgement is required over the right to 
recognise this surplus under IFRIC 14.  Following a review of the Scheme’s Trust deed the Directors believe there is a right to recognise 
the IAS 19 pension surplus in full.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
92

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES   
CONTINUED

Significant judgements, key assumptions and estimates continued
The following are considered to be accounting estimates.

Valuation of pension obligations
The valuation of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme is determined each year following advice from a qualified independent 
actuary and can fluctuate based on a number of external factors. Such factors include the major assumptions as shown in the table in 
note 27 and actual returns on scheme assets compared to those predicted in the previous scheme valuation. In addition, for assets 
falling within the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy level 3 inputs category there is exposure to estimation uncertainty when estimating the 
asset value. It is reasonably possible, on the basis of existing knowledge, that outcomes within the next financial year that are different 
from the assumption could require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the assets affected. An income statement charge 
of £795,000 has been recognised in respect of the impact of GMP equalisation for the Carr's Group Pension Scheme. The carrying 
value of the defined benefit pension scheme surplus at 31 August 2019 is £7.8m (2018: £10.1m). More information on the pension 
scheme is given in note 27.

In addition, the associate’s defined benefit pension scheme is also subject to these estimation uncertainties. The surplus being recognised 
by the associate is £1.9m (2018: £2.0m) of which the Group recognises 49% in its balance sheet within its ‘Investment in associate’.

Impairment of goodwill
The carrying value of goodwill must be assessed for impairment annually, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill 
might be impaired. This requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash generating units to which goodwill is allocated. Value in 
use is dependent on estimations of future cash flows from the cash generating unit and the use of an appropriate discount rate to 
discount those cash flows to their present value.

An impairment of £nil (2018: £0.5m) was identified. The carrying value of goodwill at 31 August 2019 is £32.9m (2018: £24.3m). Further 
details of cash generating units and stress testing performed on the carrying values can be found in note 11.

Provision for impairment of trade receivables
The financial statements include a provision for impairment of trade receivables that is based on management’s estimation of 
recoverability. There is a risk that the provision will not match the trade receivables that ultimately prove to be irrecoverable. The 
carrying value of the provision for impairment of trade receivables at 31 August 2019 is £1.3m (2018: £1.7m). Further details of the 
provision, including ageing profile, can be found in note 21.

Revenue recognition on contracts
For contracts recognised over time the Group recognises revenue and profits based on the stage of completion. This requires 
management to make an assessment of performance obligations under each contract, the ability to reasonably estimate the outcome, 
and the point at which those obligations have been fulfilled. Management use estimates and judgements when assessing the total 
expected costs on a contract. The Group has controls in place to review and moniter the estimates used to ensure they are appropriate. 
Disclosures relating to the disaggregation of revenue for revenues recognised at a point in time and revenues recognised over time can 
be found in note 3. The Group has adopted IFRS 15 with effect from 2 September 2018 and has applied the retrospective approach.

Valuation of acquired intangible assets
IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’ requires the acquiror to fair value identifiable assets of an acquired business including intangible  
assets. The fair value of intangible assets is determined using valuation techniques such as relief-from-royalty, replacement cost and 
multi-period excess earnings method. These techniques and models require inputs based on estimations such as forecasted profits, 
technology obsolescence rates, royalty rates, discount rates and useful economic lives.

During the year the Group made acquisitions with a combined intangible asset fair value of £6.6m (note 30). 

Valuation of contingent consideration
IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’ requires contingent consideration to be measured initially at fair value and then subsequently revalued 
to fair value at each period end. This involves an estimate of expected future payments based on profit forecasts and discount rates to 
reflect the time value of money. The Group recognised in its acquisition accounting contingent consideration of £2.1m for Animax Ltd 
and £3.2m for NW Total Engineered Solutions Ltd. Note 30 includes a table showing the consideration for each acquisition split 
between initial cash consideration and contingent consideration.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

93

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 The Company has taken advantage of the exemption, under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, from presenting its own income 
statement. The profit after tax for the year dealt with in the accounts of the Company was £6,768,000 (2018: £2,541,000).

2 Segmental information
The chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Executive Directors. Management has identified the operating 
segments based on internal financial information reviewed by the CODM. The CODM considers the business from a product/services 
perspective. Operating segments have been identified as Agriculture and Engineering. Operating segments have not been aggregated 
for the purpose of determining reportable segments.

Agriculture aims to provide for all farming requirements. It derives its revenue from the sale of animal feed, feed blocks and animal 
health products together with retail sales of farm equipment, fuels and farm consumables.

Engineering derives its revenue from the provision of engineering services and the design and manufacture of bespoke equipment for 
use in the nuclear, naval defence, oil and gas, and petrochemical industries. Products include manipulators, robotics, specialist 
fabrication and precision machining.

Performance is assessed using operating profit. For internal purposes the CODM assesses operating profit before material non-
recurring items and amortisation of acquired intangible assets (note 5) consistent with the presentation in the financial statements.

Inter-segmental transactions are all undertaken on an arm’s length basis.

As segment liabilities are not reviewed by the CODM they are not required to be disclosed under IFRS 8.

The Group has operations in the UK and overseas. In accordance with IFRS 8, entity wide disclosures based on the geography of 
operations is also presented. The geographical analysis of revenue is presented by revenue origin.

The segmental information for the year ended 31 August 2019 is as follows:

Total segment revenue
Inter segment revenue

Revenue from external customers

Adjusted1 EBITDA2 
Depreciation, amortisation and profit/(loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Share of post-tax results of associate (adjusted1) and joint ventures

Adjusted1 operating profit
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items

Operating profit

Finance income
Finance costs

Adjusted1 profit before taxation
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items

Profit before taxation

Agriculture
£’000

Engineering
£’000

357,399
(11)

46,556
(39)

IAS 19 past 
service cost
£’000

Group
£’000

– 403,955
(50)
–

357,388

46,517

– 403,905

13,909
(3,000)

2,683

13,592
(701)

7,247
(1,909)

–

5,338
(239)

–
–

–

–
(795)

21,156
(4,909)

2,683

18,930
(1,735)

12,891

5,099

(795)

17,195

463
(1,349)

18,044
(1,735)

16,309

1  Adjusted results are after adding back amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items including acquisition costs (note 5).
2  Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, profit/(loss) on the disposal of property, plant and equipment and share of post-tax results of associate 

and joint ventures.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
94

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CO N TI N U ED

2 Segmental information continued
Assets

Segment gross assets

The segmental information for the year ended 1 September 2018 is as follows:

Total segment revenue
Inter segment revenue

Revenue from external customers

Adjusted1 EBITDA2 
Depreciation, amortisation and profit/(loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures

Adjusted1 operating profit
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items

Operating profit

Finance income
Finance costs

Adjusted1 profit before taxation
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items

Profit before taxation

Agriculture
£’000

Engineering
£’000

Group
£’000

168,342

88,008 256,350

Agriculture
£’000

Engineering
£’000

Group
£’000

359,620
(12)

43,618 403,238
(46)

(34)

359,608

43,584

403,192

12,751
(2,769)
3,396

13,378
(386)

6,000
(1,733)
(181)

4,086
(673)

18,751
(4,502)
3,215

17,464
(1,059)

12,992

3,413

16,405

358
(1,261)

16,561
(1,059)

15,502

1  Adjusted results are after adding back amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items including acquisition costs (note 5).
2 

 Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, profit/(loss) on the disposal of property, plant and equipment and share of post-tax results of associates 
and joint ventures.

Assets

Segment gross assets

Agriculture
£’000

Engineering
£’000

Group
£’000

159,305

71,882

231,187

Entity wide disclosures
Revenues from external customers are derived from the sale of products/services by individual business segment. The breakdown of 
revenue by business segment is provided above.

Revenues from external customers:

UK
Europe
USA
New Zealand
Other

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

346,824
12,012
43,734
1,298
37

341,905
17,201
42,897
1,178
11

403,905

403,192

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

95

2 Segmental information continued 
Non-current assets

Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Investment in associate
Interest in joint ventures
Other investments
Non-current receivables
Retirement benefit asset

UK
£’000

17,855
7,516
25,690
164
13,392
2,470
50
–
7,769

Europe
£’000

5,997
560
8,629
–
–
3,102
1
–
–

2019

USA
£’000

9,025
1,242
7,561
–
–
4,099
25
22
–

New 
Zealand
£’000

Total
£’000

UK
£’000

9,856
– 32,877
430
9,318
–
41,917 22,524
37
170
–
13,129
–
2,101
–
50
–
–
–
10,146
–

164
13,392
9,671
76
22
7,769

Europe
£’000

5,946
447
8,463
–
–
2,644
1
–
–

2018

USA
£’000

8,470
1,346
7,448
–
–
3,259
23
21
–

New 
Zealand
£’000

Total
£’000

–
–

24,272
2,223
49 38,484
170
13,129
8,004
74
21
10,146

–
–
–
–
–
–

74,906

18,289

21,974

37 115,206 58,406

17,501

20,567

49

96,523

Major customers
There are no revenues from transactions with individual customers which amount to ten percent or more of Group revenue.

3 Revenue
Disaggregation of revenue
In accordance with IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ the following table presents the Group’s reported revenue for the 
year ended 31 August 2019 disaggregated based on the timing of revenue recognition. The Group implemented the new standard on 2 
September 2018. 

Timing of revenue recognition

Over time
At a point in time

Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations

Total
£’000

27,840
376,065

403,905

2020
£’000

2021
£’000

2022 
onwards
£’000

Total
£’000

Total transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations

18,304

5,004

1,145

24,453

The total transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations represents the contracted revenue to be earned by the 
Group for distinct goods and services which the Group has promised to deliver to its customers. These include promises which are 
partially satisfied at the period end or those which are unsatisfied but which the Group has committed to providing. In deriving this 
transaction price, any element of variable revenue is estimated at a value that is highly probable not to reverse in the future.

The transaction price above does not include any estimated revenue to be earned on framework contracts for which a firm order or 
instruction has not been received by the customer.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
96

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

4 Operating profit

Group operating profit is stated after (crediting)/charging:
Amortisation of grants
(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of owned investment property
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Goodwill impairment (note 5)
Business combination expenses (note 5)
Restructuring/closure costs (note 5)
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses
Derivative financial instruments losses/(gains)
Operating lease charges
Research and development expense

Auditors’ remuneration:
Audit services (Company £16,719; 2018: £16,391)
The auditing of accounts of subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to legislation (including overseas)

Total audit services

Included within Group operating profit is the following in respect of investment property leased to,  
and occupied by, external parties:
Rental income
Operating expenses

5 Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets (i)
Past service cost – Group (ii)
Past service cost – share of associate (ii)
Goodwill impairment (iii)
Business combination expenses (iv)
Adjustments to contingent consideration (v)
Restructuring/closure costs (vi)

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

(54)
(30)
4,804
6
943
–
509
437
(153)
26
2,094
3,111

73
184

257

(54)
19
4,372
6
397
516
251
–
178
(31)
1,953
1,575

78
169

247

(40)
42

2

(44)
48

4

2019
£’000

814
795
306
–
509
(1,126)
437

2018
£’000

292
–
–
516
251
–
–

1,735

1,059

(i)  Amortisation of acquired intangible assets which do not relate to the underlying profitability of the Group but rather relate to costs 

arising on acquistion of businesses.

(ii)  For further details of the past service costs see note 27.
(iii)  The goodwill impairment recognised in the prior year was against the carrying value of goodwill in respect of the Bendalls 

Engineering business.

(iv)  Business combination expenses relate to acquisition costs incurred in the year, and in respect of prior years contingent 

consideration in relation to the acquisitions of Phoenix Feeds Ltd and the business and certain assets of Mortimer Feeds Ltd which 
is explained further below.

Phoenix Feeds Ltd was acquired on 1 June 2016. The consideration paid included £490,000 of contingent consideration linked to 
the continued employment of key personnel and therefore in accordance with IFRS 3 this was not recognised as consideration in 
the acquisition accounting in the year ended 3 September 2016. It is instead being recognised in the income statement over a two 
year period with £nil (2018: £184,000) recognised in the current year. Given the nature of the payment it has been recognised as a 
non-recurring item.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
97

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

5 Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items continued
  Mortimer Feeds was acquired on 5 June 2017. The consideration paid included £30,000 of contingent consideration linked to the 
continued employment of key personnel and therefore in accordance with IFRS 3 this was not recognised as consideration in the 
acquisition accounting in the year ended 2 September 2017. It is instead being recognised in the income statement over a one year 
period with £nil (2018: £30,000) recognised in the current year. Given the nature of this payment it has been recognised as a 
non-recurring item.

(v)  Adjustments to contingent consideration arise from the revaluation of contingent consideration in respect of acquisitions to fair 

value at the year end. Any gain or loss related to the revaluation to fair value is recognised through the income statement. The 
Group has recognised a gain on the revaluation to fair value of the contingent consideration payable to the vendors of NuVision 
Engineering, Inc. and Animax Ltd. This gain arises from changes to the expected payments since the previous year end, or 
acquisition date in respect of Animax Ltd, based on updated forecasts. As this gain does not relate to the underlying profitability of 
the Group it has been recognised as a non-recurring item.

(vi)  Restructuring/closure costs include redundancy costs.

6 Staff costs
The tables below include Directors.

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs
Share based payments

2019
£’000

39,868
4,460
3,189
880

2018
£’000

36,467
3,946
2,135
1,125

48,397

43,673

Included within pension costs is a charge of £816,000 (2018: £24,000) in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme. This includes a 
charge of £795,000 (2018: £nil) in respect of GMP equalisation. Further details of this charge can be found in note 27. The average 
monthly number of employees during the year was made up as follows:

Sales, office and management
Manufacture and distribution

2019
Number

2018
Number

614
539

1,153

532
466

998

Key management are considered to be the Directors of the Group.

The following amounts are disclosed in accordance with Schedule 5 of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008.

Aggregate Directors’ remuneration1
Aggregate pension contributions2
Aggregate amount of gains on exercise of share options3

2019
£’000

1,012
20
471

1,503

2018
£’000

1,169
20
–

1,189

1      salary (after salary sacrifice of pension), fees, bonuses, pay in lieu of pension and benefits in kind
2     cash contributions paid in the year into the defined contribution pension scheme 
3     gains realised in the year in respect of the LTIP

The number of directors in the defined contribution pension scheme during the year was two (2018: two).

Further details of the Directors’ emoluments, pension benefits and share options are given in the Remuneration Committee Report on 
pages 52 to 64.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

7 Finance income and finance costs

Finance income
Bank interest
Net interest on the net defined benefit retirement asset (note 27)
Interest on loan with associate
Other interest

Total finance income

Finance costs
Interest payable on bank overdrafts
Interest payable on bank loans and other borrowings
Interest payable on finance leases
Other interest

Total finance costs

8 Taxation
(a) Analysis of the charge in the year

Current tax:
UK corporation tax
  Current year
  Adjustment in respect of prior years
Foreign tax
  Current year
  Adjustment in respect of prior years

Group current tax

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of timing differences
  Current year
  Adjustment in respect of prior years

Group deferred tax (note 18)

Tax on profit

2019
£’000

127
284
–
52

463

(117)
(1,016)
(82)
(134)

2018
£’000

145
125
71
17

358

(177)
(832)
(75)
(177)

(1,349)

(1,261)

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

1,447
45

1,557
109

3,158

1,352
(228)

1,549
–

2,673

(357)
(116)

(473)

(796)
(22)

(818)

2,685

1,855

Deferred tax recognised in equity is disclosed in note 18. 

(b) Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The tax assessed for the year is lower (2018: lower) than the rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2018: 19%). The differences are 
explained below:

Profit before taxation

Tax at 19% (2018: 19%)
Effects of:
Tax effect of share of results of associates and joint ventures
Tax effect of expenses that are not allowable in determining taxable profit
Tax effect of non-taxable income
Effects of different tax rates of foreign subsidiaries
Effects of changes in deferred tax rates
Unrecognised deferred tax on losses
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total tax charge for the year

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

16,309

15,502

3,099

2,945

(452)
180
(482)
256
(24)
70
38

(611)
300
(310)
227
(490)
44
(250)

2,685

1,855

The tax effect of expenses that are not allowable in determining taxable profit includes the non-recurring items of business combination 
expenses and, in respect of the prior year, goodwill impairment. These have been treated as disallowable for tax purposes.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

8 Taxation continued
The tax effect of non-taxable income includes non-recurring items of adjustments to contingent consideration (note 5) and the effect 
of income within the patent box regime.

The effect of changes in deferred tax rates in the prior year includes the effect on deferred tax balances following the reduction in US 
Federal tax rates.

(c) Factors affecting future tax charges
The main rate of UK corporation tax has been reduced from 19% to 17% with effect from 1 April 2020. This rate reduction was 
substantively enacted before the year end and as the Directors consider the deferred tax balances are expected to reverse after 1 April 
2020 the tax rate used for deferred tax at the year end is 17%.

9 Dividends

Equity

Second interim paid for the year ended 1 September 2018 of 1.075p per 2.5p share (2017: 0.95p)
Final dividend for the year ended 1 September 2018 of 2.35p per 2.5p share (2017: 2.1p)
First interim paid for the year ended 31 August 2019 of 1.125p per 2.5p share (2018: 1.075p)

2019
£’000

983
2,156
1,034

4,173

2018
£’000

868
1,919
983

3,770

Since the year end a second interim dividend of £1,034,348, being 1.125p per share, has been paid. The financial statements do not 
reflect the dividend payable.

The proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 August 2019 to be considered by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting is 
£2,310,140 being 2.5p per share, making a total for the year of 4.75p (2018: 4.5p). Shares held in treasury do not carry entitlement to a 
dividend. The financial statements do not reflect this proposed final dividend as payable.

10 Earnings per ordinary share
Earnings per share are calculated by reference to a weighted average of 91,828,015 shares (2018: 91,402,338) in issue during the year.

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items that are charged or credited to profit do not relate to the underlying 
profitability of the Group. The Board believes adjusted profit before these items provides a useful measure of business performance. 
Therefore an adjusted earnings per share is presented as follows:

Earnings per share – basic
Amortisation and non-recurring items:
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Past service cost – Group
Past service cost – share of associate
Goodwill impairment
Business combination expenses
Adjustments to contingent consideration
Restructuring/closure costs
Taxation effect of the above
Non-controlling interest in the above

Earnings per share – adjusted

2019

2018

Earnings
£’000

12,049

814
795
306
–
509
(1,126)
437
(367)
(57)

Earnings
per share 
pence 

13.1

0.9
0.9
0.3
–
0.6
(1.2)
0.5
(0.4)
(0.1)

Earnings
£’000

11,892

292
–
–
516
251
–
–
(60)
(145)

13,360

14.6

12,746

Earnings  
per share  
pence

13.0

0.3
–
–
0.6
0.3
–
–
(0.1)
(0.2)

13.9

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive 
potential ordinary shares. The potentially dilutive ordinary shares, where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the 
Company’s ordinary shares during the year, are disclosed in note 29.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
100

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

10 Earnings per ordinary share continued

Earnings per share
Effect of dilutive securities:
Share save scheme
Long term incentive plan

Diluted earnings per share

2019

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares

Earnings
£’000

Earnings 
per share 
pence

Earnings
£’000

2018

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares

12,049 91,828,015

13.1

11,892 91,402,338

–
–

748,265
1,771,378

12,049 94,347,658

(0.1)
(0.2)

12.8

–
–

405,079
1,631,190

11,892 93,438,607

Adjusted 
earnings
£’000

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares

Earnings 
per share 
pence

Adjusted  
earnings
£’000

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

13,360 94,347,658

14.2

12,746 93,438,607

11 Goodwill and other intangible assets

Earnings
 per share 
pence

13.0

(0.1)
(0.2)

12.7

Earnings 
per share 
pence

13.6

Company

Know-how, 
technology and 
development 
costs
£’000

Group

Brands, 
patents and 
trademarks
£’000

Goodwill
£’000

Customer 
relationships
£’000

Contract  
back-log
£’000

Software
£’000

Total
£’000

Software
£’000

Cost
At 3 September 2017
Exchange differences
Subsidiaries acquired
Additions
Transfers from group companies
Disposals

At 1 September 2018
Exchange differences
Subsidiaries acquired
Additions

At 31 August 2019

Accumulated amortisation and 

impairment

At 3 September 2017
Exchange differences
Charge for the year
Impairment
Disposals

At 1 September 2018
Exchange differences
Charge for the year

At 31 August 2019

Net book amount
At 2 September 2017

At 1 September 2018

At 31 August 2019

26,318
(163)
658
–
–
–

26,813
606
7,999
–

35,418

2,025
–
–
516
–

2,541
–
–

2,541

24,293

24,272

36
–
53
–
–
–

89
–
3,303
–

3,392

–
–
89
–
–

89
–
122

211

36

–

442
(7)
–
95
–
–

530
7
1,999
178

2,714

22
–
54
–
–

76
1
461

538

420

454

32,877

3,181

2,176

1,705
(11)
–
6
–
(1)

1,699
96
1,302
8

3,105

343
(1)
120
–
(1)

461
26
205

692

1,362

1,238

2,413

236
(1)
–
–
–
–

235
15
–
–

250

7
2
76
–
–

85
9
80

174

229

150

76

893
(17)
–
224
–
–

1,100
8
–
1,165

29,630
(199)
711
325
–
(1)

30,466
732
14,603
1,351

2,273

47,152

674
(13)
58
–
–

719
7
75

801

3,071
(12)
397
516
(1)

3,971
43
943

4,957

219

381

26,559

26,495

1,472

42,195

–
–
–
199
129
–

328
–
–
89

417

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
41

41

–

328

376

During the year goodwill of £7,999,000 arose on acquisitions (note 30).

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

11 Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
During the prior year goodwill of £658,000 arose on acquisitions. Goodwill represented the excess of the consideration paid over the 
Group’s interest in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

During the prior year an impairment of £516,000 was recognised against the carrying value of goodwill in respect of the Bendalls 
engineering business.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to cash generating units that are 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

The carrying value of goodwill has been allocated to the following cash generating units:

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Johnstone Wallace Oils profit centre
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Borders profit centre
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Wooler profit centre
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Safe at Work profit centre
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Laycocks/Pearsons profit centre
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Wales profit centre
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Reid and Robertson profit centre
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Morpeth profit centre
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Phoenix profit centre
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Mortimer profit centre
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Cockermouth profit centre
Carrs Agriculture Ltd – UK feed blocks
Animal Feed Supplement, Inc.
Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH
Carr’s Engineering Ltd – Chirton profit centre
NuVision Engineering, Inc.
Animax Ltd
NW Total Engineered Solutions Ltd

2019
£’000

781
264
369
568
783
626
873
80
703
215
23
2,068
21
5,997
2,526
9,004
1,742
6,234

2018 
£’000

781
264
369
568
783
626
873
80
703
215
–
2,068
19
5,946
2,526
8,451
–
–

32,877

24,272

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of overseas subsidiaries has been retranslated at the balance sheet date.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. Goodwill is tested for 
impairment by estimating future cash flows from the cash generating units to which goodwill has been allocated and discounting those cash 
flows to their present value. Each unit or group of units to which goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which 
the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. The key assumptions in this calculation are the levels of future cash flows, 
particularly in the perpetuity period, and the discount rate. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the cash generating units. 

Cash flows are estimated using the most recent budget information for the year to August 2020, which has been approved by the 
Board and forecast information for the four years to August 2024 based on medium term business plans and an assumption for long 
term growth of between 1-3% excluding inflation. The pre-tax discount rates used to discount the forecast cash flows for all cash 
generating units are in the range 3.42 %– 10.29% (2018: 5.23% – 10.82%).

The Directors consider the assumptions adopted in calculating the cash flows to be consistent with historical performance and to be 
reasonable given current market conditions.

Significant headroom exists in each of the cash generating units and, based on the stress testing performed, reasonable 
possible changes in the assumptions would not cause the carrying amount of the cash generating units to equal or to exceed their 
recoverable amount.

Amortisation and impairment charges are recognised within administrative expenses and have been highlighted separately within 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items (note 5) where they relate to acquired intangible assets.

There is no goodwill in the Company (2018: none).

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
102

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

11 Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
Significant cash generating units
The following key assumptions have been used in the impairment testing for goodwill with a significant carrying value:

Cash generating unit
NuVision Engineering, Inc.
NW Total Engineered Solutions Ltd
Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH
Carr’s Engineering Ltd – Chirton profit centre
Carrs Agriculture Ltd – UK feed blocks

Goodwill 
carrying 
value
£’000

Pre-tax 
discount rate
%

9,004
6,234
5,997
2,526
2,068

10.29
10.29
10.29
10.29
3.42

Long term 
average 
annual 
change in 
cash flows
%

Long term 
growth rate
%

–
3.4
3.1
–
2.8

2
2
2
2
2

Stress testing of the future cash flows generated from these cash generating units shows that an impairment of goodwill would 
potentially arise should cash flows fall by 51% in NuVision Engineering Inc, by 53% in NW Total Engineered Solutions Ltd, by 59% in 
Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH, by 41% in Carr’s Engineering Ltd – Chirton profit centre and by 99% in Carrs Agriculture Ltd –  
UK feed blocks.

12 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 3 September 2017
Exchange differences
Subsidiaries acquired
Additions
Transfers from group companies
Disposals
Reclassifications

At 1 September 2018
Exchange differences
Subsidiaries acquired
Additions
Disposals
Reclassifications

At 31 August 2019

Accumulated depreciation
At 3 September 2017
Exchange differences
Charge for the year
Transfers from group companies
Disposals
Reclassifications

At 1 September 2018
Exchange differences
Charge for the year
Disposals

At 31 August 2019

Net book amount
At 2 September 2017

At 1 September 2018

At 31 August 2019

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

Group

Land and  
buildings
£’000

Plant and 
equipment
£’000

Assets in the 
course of 
construction
£’000

26,243
(166)
–
755
–
–
1,393

28,225
366
1,405
626
–
1,796

42,991
(117)
267
3,163
–
(1,136)
201

45,369
763
811
4,796
(3,187)
104

1,201
(9)
–
1,581
–
–
(1,091)

1,682
17
–
944
–
(1,942)

Total
£’000

70,435
(292)
267
5,499
–
(1,136)
503

75,276
1,146
2,216
6,366
(3,187)
(42)

32,418

48,656

701

81,775

6,433
(11)
823
–
–
127

7,372
118
983
–

26,853
(28)
3,549
–
(827)
(127)

29,420
530
3,821
(2,386)

8,473

31,385

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

33,286
(39)
4,372
–
(827)
–

36,792
648
4,804
(2,386)

39,858

19,810

16,138

1,201

37,149

20,853

15,949

1,682

38,484

23,945

17,271

701

41,917

Company

Plant and 
equipment
£’000

–
–
–
–
713
(108)
–

605
–
–
46
(11)
–

640

–
–
15
483
(48)
–

450
–
43
(11)

482

–

155

158

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
103

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

12 Property, plant and equipment continued
Freehold land amounting to £2,994,878 (2018: £2,979,029) has not been depreciated.

The net book amount of plant and equipment includes £3,937,393 (2018: £3,673,849) in respect of assets held under finance leases. This 
consists of cost of £5,711,100 (2018: £5,351,435) less accumulated depreciation of £1,773,707 (2018: £1,677,586). The finance lease lessors 
hold security over the assets held under finance leases.

Under the Group’s banking facilities the lenders have legal charges over certain properties together with floating charges over the 
assets of certain businesses. The net book amount of specific assets held under legal charges at the balance sheet date was 
£1,504,000 (2018: £1,558,000).

Included in the above table in respect of assets held under floating charges are assets with a net book amount of £7,668,000 (2018: 
£7,507,000). This excludes specific assets under legal charge and assets secured under finance leases both of which are separately 
disclosed above.

Depreciation is recognised within the Consolidated Income Statement as shown below:

Group

Company

Cost of sales
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses

13 Investment property

Group

Cost
At 3 September 2017, 1 September 2018 and 31 August 2019

Accumulated depreciation
At 3 September 2017
Charge for the year

At 1 September 2018
Charge for the year

At 31 August 2019

Net book amount
At 2 September 2017

At 1 September 2018

At 31 August 2019

2019
£’000

3,696
8
1,100

4,804

2018
£’000

3,594
16
762

4,372

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

–  
–  
43  

43  

–
–
15

15

Total
£’000

299

123
6

129
6

135

176

170

164

The fair value of investment properties at 31 August 2019 is £360,000 (2018: £360,000). Investment properties were valued by 
independent professionally qualified valuers in October 2016. The Directors are satisfied that there has been no significant change in 
fair value since that date. 

There is no investment property in the Company (2018: none).

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
104

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

14 Investments

Group

Cost
At 3 September 2017
Exchange difference
Disposals
Redemption of preference shares
Share of post-tax result
Share of gains recognised directly in equity
Dividend paid by associate and joint ventures

At 1 September 2018
Exchange difference
Share of post-tax result
Share of (losses)/gains recognised directly in equity
Dividend paid by associate and joint ventures

At 31 August 2019

Accumulated provision for impairment
At 3 September 2017, 1 September 2018 and 31 August 2019

Net book amount
At 2 September 2017

At 1 September 2018

At 31 August 2019

Associates
£’000

Joint 
ventures
£’000

Other
investments
£’000

11,443
(18)
(333)
–
1,634
991
(588)

13,129
–
924
(73)
(588)

6,590
(34)
–
(20)
1,581
3
(116)

8,004
194
1,453
143
(123)

13,392

9,671

–

–

11,443

6,590

13,129

8,004

13,392

9,671

82
1
–
–
–
–
–

83
2
–
–
–

85

9

73

74

76

Total
£’000

18,115
(51)
(333)
(20)
3,215
994
(704)

21,216
196
2,377
70
(711)

23,148

9

18,106

21,207

23,139

In 2017 Mid Columbia Engineering, Inc. was brought into the Group as an associate following the acquisition of NuVision Engineering, Inc. 
which held 49% of the issued share capital of Mid Columbia Engineering, Inc. During the prior year NuVision Engineering, Inc., disposed 
of its investment in Mid Columbia Engineering, Inc.

Other investments comprise shares in several private limited companies. 

Company

Cost
At 3 September 2017
Share based payment credit in respect of employees of subsidiary undertakings

At 1 September 2018
Share based payment charge in respect of employees of subsidiary undertakings

At 31 August 2019

Accumulated provision for impairment
At 3 September 2017, 1 September 2018 and 31 August 2019

Net book amount
At 2 September 2017

At 1 September 2018

At 31 August 2019

Shares in  
subsidiaries
£’000

Associate
£’000

Joint
ventures
£’000

30,986
369

31,355
(23)

31,332

245
–

245
–

245

272
–

272
–

272

Total
£’000

31,503
369

31,872
(23)

31,849

4,794

–

–

4,794

26,192

26,561

26,538

245

245

245

272

272

26,709

27,078

272

27,055

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
105

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

15 Investment in associate
The associated undertaking at 31 August 2019 is:

Group and Company

Name

Proportion of 
shares held
Ordinary
%

Country of
incorporation

Country of
operation

Activity

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd

49

England

UK

Manufacture of animal feed

The investment in Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd is held directly by the Company. The registered office of the associate is 
Cunard Building, Water Street, Liverpool L3 1EL.

The Group does not have the ability to control the financial and operating policies of its associate. The Group has a 49% shareholding 
and a 43% representation on the Board of Directors of Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd.

The associate is accounted for using the equity method.

At the year end Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd had capital commitments of £1,269,000 (2018: £70,000). No contingent 
liabilities exist within the associate.

The aggregate amounts relating to the associate, of which the Group recognises 49% in the net investment in associate, are:

Total assets
Total liabilities
Revenues
Profit after tax

16 Interest in joint ventures
The joint ventures at 31 August 2019 are:

Group

Name

Crystalyx Products GmbH

Bibby Agriculture Ltd
Afgritech Ltd
Afgritech LLC

Gold-Bar Feed Supplements LLC

ACC Feed Supplement LLC

Silloth Storage Company Ltd

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

43,407
(16,076)
134,758
1,885

44,818
(18,024)
138,401
3,335

Interest held
Equity
%

50

26
50
50

50

50

50

Country of 
incorporation

Country of
operation

Germany1

Germany

England2
England2
USA3

USA4

USA5

England6

UK
UK
USA

USA

USA

UK

Activity

Manufacture of animal
feed blocks
Sale of agricultural products
Holding company
Producers of ingredients
of animal feed
Manufacture of animal
feed blocks
Manufacture of animal
feed blocks
Storage of molasses

1  Registered Office address: Industrieweg 110, 48155 Munster, Germany
2  Registered Office address: Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, Cumbria CA3 9BA
3  Registered Office address: 810 Waterman Drive, Watertown, New York 13601, USA
4  Registered Office address: 783 Eagle Boulevard, Shelbyville, Tennessee 37160, USA
5  Registered Office address: 5101 Harbor Drive, Sioux City, Iowa 51111, USA
6  Registered Office address: 3-5 College Street, Burnham on Sea, Somerset TA8 1AR

Crystalyx Products GmbH and Silloth Storage Company Ltd have a 31 December accounting year end.

The Company directly holds the interest in Crystalyx Products GmbH and Afgritech Ltd. Afgritech Ltd has 100% control of Afgritech 
LLC. Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd directly holds the interest in Bibby Agriculture Ltd. Animal Feed Supplement, Inc. directly 
holds the interest in Gold-Bar Feed Supplements LLC and ACC Feed Supplement LLC. Carrs Agriculture Ltd directly holds the interest 
in Silloth Storage Company Ltd.

Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
106

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CO N TI N U ED

16 Interest in joint ventures continued
At the year end the joint ventures had capital commitments of £291,553 (2018: £54,000). No contingent liabilities exist within the joint 
ventures.

The aggregate amounts included in the financial statements relating to the Group’s share of joint ventures are:

Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Income
Expenses
Net finance cost

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

9,133
7,616
(5,356)
(1,739)
40,735
(38,880)
(94)

8,195
7,662
(6,987)
(883)
38,656
(36,514)
(119)

Goodwill of £17,000 arose on the investment in Silloth Storage Company Ltd. This is included in the carrying amount of the Group’s 
interest in joint ventures and is not shown as a separate asset.

17 Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Name

Carrs Agriculture Ltd

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd
Animal Feed Supplement, Inc.
Carr’s Supplements (NZ) Ltd
Conegar S.A.
Carr’s Supplements (Brasil) Nutrição Animal Ltda
Carr’s Engineering Ltd
Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH
Carr’s Engineering (US), Inc.
NuVision Engineering, Inc.
B.R.B Trust Ltd
Carrs Properties Ltd
Carr’s International Finance Ltd
Animax Ltd

Animax NZ Ltd

Clinimax Ltd
NW Pump & Valve Ltd
NW Total Engineered Solutions Ltd

Proportion of 
shares held 
Ordinary  
%

Country of 
incorporation

Country of  
operation

Activity

100

England1 

England1
51
UK
USA2
100
USA
100 New Zealand3 New Zealand
100
Uruguay
100
Brazil
100
UK
100
Germany
100
USA
100
USA
100
UK
100
UK
100
UK
100
UK

Uruguay6
Brazil7
England1
Germany4
USA5
USA5
England1
England1
England1
England8

100 New Zealand9 New Zealand

100
100
100

England8
England1
England1

UK

Manufacture of
animal feed/mineral blocks and
ingredients of animal feed
Agricultural retailers
Manufacture of animal feed blocks
Distributor of animal feed blocks
Distributor of animal feed blocks
Distributor of animal feed blocks
Engineering
Engineering
Holding Company
Engineering
Financial Services
Property holding
Finance Company
Manufacture of animal
health products
Distributor of animal 
health products
UK Manufacture of specialist disinfectants
Holding company
UK
Engineering
UK

1  Registered Office address: Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, Cumbria CA3 9BA
2  Registered Office address: 101 Roanoke Avenue, Poteau, Oklahoma 74953, USA
3  Registered Office address: 515a Wairakei Road, Burnside, Christchurch 8053, New Zealand
4  Registered Office address: Schießstattweg 16, 88677 Markdorf, Germany
5  Registered Office address: 2403 Sidney Street, Suite 700, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15203, USA
6  Registered Office address: Juncal 1305, Piso 18, Montevideo, Uruguay
7  Registered Office address: Avenida Bernardino de Campos, 98, Andar 7, Sala 47, Paraiso, São Paulo – SP, 04.004-040, Brasil
8  Registered Office address: Shepherds Grove West, Stanton, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk IP31 2AR
9  Registered Office address: RSM New Zealand (Auckland), Level 2, Building 5, 60 Highbrook Drive, East Tamaki, Auckland 2013, New Zealand

Dormant subsidiaries are listed on page 137 of this Annual Report and Accounts.

Investments in the subsidiaries listed above are held directly by the Company with the following exceptions: Carr’s Engineering Ltd 
holds 100% of the investment in Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH and NW Pump and Valve Ltd; Carrs Agriculture Ltd holds 100% of 
the investment in Carr’s Supplements (NZ) Ltd, Conegar S.A., Carr’s Supplements (Brasil) Nutrição Animal Ltda, Animax Ltd and 
Clinimax Ltd; Carr’s Engineering (US), Inc. holds 100% of the investment in NuVision Engineering, Inc.; Animax Ltd holds 100% of the 
investment in Animax NZ Ltd; and NW Pump & Valve Ltd holds 100% of the investment in NW Total Engineered Solutions Ltd.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
107

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

18 Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Group

Accelerated tax depreciation
Employee benefits
Other

Tax assets/(liabilities)

Assets

Liabilities

Net

2019
£’000

–
–
410

410

2018
£’000

–
–
–

–

2019
£’000

(2,934)
(1,321)
(732)

2018
£’000

(1,604)
(1,725)
(652)

2019
£’000

(2,934)
(1,321)
(322)

2018
£’000

(1,604)
(1,725)
(652)

(4,987)

(3,981)

(4,577)

(3,981)

Deferred tax net liabilities are expected to reverse after more than one year from the balance sheet date.

Movement in deferred tax during the year

Assets:
Other

Liabilities:
Accelerated tax depreciation
Employee benefits
Other

Net Liabilities

At
2 September
2018
£’000

Exchange 
differences
£’000

In respect of
acquisitions
£’000

Recognised 
in income
£’000

Recognised 
in equity
£’000

–

–

(1,604)
(1,725)
(652)

(3,981)

(3,981)

–

–

(56)
–
1

(55)

(55)

30

30

(1,381)
–
23

(1,358)

(1,328)

380

380

107
90
(104)

93

473

–

–

–
314
–

314

314

At
31 August
2019
£’000

410

410

(2,934)
(1,321)
(732)

(4,987)

(4,577)

Other deferred tax assets and liabilities includes deferred tax on short term timing differences, rolled over capital gains, trading losses, 
capital losses, business combinations and overseas deferred tax.

Movement in deferred tax during the prior year

Liabilities:
Accelerated tax depreciation
Employee benefits
Other

Company

Accelerated tax depreciation
Employee benefits
Other

Tax assets/(liabilities)

Movement in deferred tax during the year

Assets:
Accelerated tax depreciation
Other

Liabilities:
Employee benefits

Net liabilities

At
3 September
2017
£’000

Exchange 
differences
£’000

In respect of
acquisitions
£’000

Recognised 
in income
£’000

Recognised
in equity
£’000

At
1 September
2018
£’000

(2,118)
(886)
(1,006)

(4,010)

28
–
17

45

(35)
–
(5)

(40)

521
(17)
314

818

–
(822)
28

(794)

(1,604)
(1,725)
(652)

(3,981)

Assets

Liabilities

Net

2019 
£’000

20
–
265

285

2018
£’000

16
–
217

233

2019
£’000

–
(1,321)
–

2018
£’000

–
(1,725)
–

2019
£’000

20
(1,321)
265

2018
£’000

16
(1,725)
217

(1,321)

(1,725)

(1,036)

(1,492)

At
2 September
2018
£’000

Recognised
in income
£’000

Recognised
in equity
£’000

At
31 August
2019
£’000

16
217

233

(1,725)

(1,725)

(1,492)

4
46

50

90

90

140

–
2

2

314

314

316

20
265

285

(1,321)

(1,321)

(1,036)

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
108

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CO N TI N U ED

18 Deferred tax assets and liabilities continued
Movement in deferred tax during the prior year

Assets:
Accelerated tax depreciation
Other

Liabilities:
Employee benefits

Net liabilities

At
3 September
2017
£’000

Recognised
in income
£’000

Recognised
in equity
£’000

At
1 September
2018
£’000

8
51

59

(886)

(886)

(827)

8
144

152

(17)

(17)

135

–
22

22

16
217

233

(822)

(822)

(1,725)

(1,725)

(800)

(1,492)

Tax of £53,000 (2018: £53,000) in respect of tax losses has not been recognised as a deferred tax asset in the Group balance sheet. Tax 
of £nil (2018: £nil) in respect of tax losses has not been recognised as a deferred tax asset in the Company balance sheet.

19 Inventories

Group

Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Finished goods and goods for resale

2019
£’000

12,813
3,887
29,570

2018
£’000

10,536
3,414
28,421

46,270

42,371

Inventories are stated after a provision for impairment of £912,000 (2018: £588,000). The amount recognised as an expense in the year 
in respect of the write down of inventories is £416,000 (2018: £75,000). The amount recognised as a credit in the year in respect of 
reversals of write downs of inventories is £55,000 (2018: £nil).

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales is £348,430,000 (2018: £347,585,000). 

The Company has no inventories (2018: none).

20 Contract balances
The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collection results in trade receivables (billed amounts), contracts assets (unbilled 
amounts) and customer advances and deposits (contract liabilities) on the Group’s balance sheet. For services in which revenue is 
earned over time, amounts are billed in accordance with contractual terms, either at periodic intervals or upon achievement of 
contractual milestones. The timing of revenue recognition is measured in accordance with the progress of delivery on a contract which 
could either be in advance or in arrears of billing, resulting in either a contract asset or a contract liability.

Contract assets

At transition date 2 September 2018 (note 37)
Exchange differences
Subsidiaries acquired
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the year to receivables
Increase related to services provided in the year

At 31 August 2019

Contract liabilities

At transition date 2 September 2018 (note 37)
Exchange differences
Subsidiaries acquired
Revenue recognised against contract liabilities at the beginning of the year
Increase due to cash received, excluding any amounts recognised as revenue during the year

At 31 August 2019

The Company has no contract assets or contract liabilities.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

£’000

6,909
125
102
(5,711)
8,041

9,466

£’000

1,458
11
573
(1,601)
828

1,269

 
 
 
 
 
 
109

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

51,438
(1,285)

58,261
(1,747)

50,153
–
–
1,997
–
376
1,661
2,162

56,514
4,711
–
1,963
79
1,109
1,299
1,841

88
–

88
–
33,097
1,764
–
13
824
399

98
(98)

–
–
20,185
1,677
–
328
98
227

56,349

67,516

36,185

22,515

–
22

22

–
21

21

16,413
–

15,405
–

16,413

15,405

21 Trade and other receivables

Current:
Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

Trade receivables – net
Amounts recoverable on contracts
Amounts owed by Group undertakings (note 36)
Amounts owed by other related parties (note 36)
Loans receivable
Other taxes and social security receivable
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

Non-current:
Amounts owed by Group undertakings (note 36)
Other receivables

The movement in the provision for impaired trade receivables consists of increases for additional provisions offset by receivables 
written off and unused provision released back to the consolidated income statement. The provision is utilised when there is no 
expectation of recovering additional cash.

During the year a credit of £316,000 (2018: charge of £84,000) has been recognised within administrative expenses in the consolidated 
income statement in respect of the movement in provision for impairment of trade receivables.

No impairment of other receivables has been recognised in the current or preceding year.

Interest bearing, non-trading amounts owed by Group undertakings within current trade and other receivables carry interest at 4.50% 
or Bank of England base rate + 2.50%. Such amounts are unsecured and repayable on demand.

Interest bearing, non-trading amounts owed by Group undertakings within non-current receivables carry interest at 6.25%. Such 
amounts are unsecured and have a term of 5 years.

Group

The ageing of trade receivables is as follows:
Not past due
Past due 1 – 30 days
Past due 31 – 60 days
Past due 61 – 90 days
Past due 91 – 120 days
Past 121 days

2019

2018

Gross
£’000

Impairment
£’000

33,451
5,713
4,345
1,729
1,703
4,497

(193)
(20)
(47)
(40)
(47)
(938)

Past due  
but not 
impaired
£’000

N/A
5,693
4,298
1,689
1,656
3,559

Gross
£’000

Impairment
£’000

34,810
10,650
4,282
2,500
1,592
4,427

(101)
(37)
(77)
(75)
(47)
(1,410)

Past due
but not 
impaired
£’000

N/A
10,613
4,205
2,425
1,545
3,017

51,438

(1,285)

16,895

58,261

(1,747)

21,805

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
110

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

21 Trade and other receivables continued

Company

The ageing of trade receivables is as follows:
Past due 91 – 120 days
Past 121 days

2019

2018

Gross
£’000

Impairment
£’000

–
88

88

–
–

–

Past due
but not 
impaired
£’000

–
88

88

Gross
£’000

Impairment
£’000

17
81

98

(17)
(81)

(98)

Past due
but not 
impaired
£’000

–
–

–

In relation to trade receivables, the major source of estimation uncertainty is the recoverable value of those receivables. The 
judgements applied to this include the credit quality of customers, taking into account their financial positions, past experiences and 
other relevant factors. Individual customer credit limits are imposed based on these factors, and provisions for impairment are made 
using those judgements. Provisions for impairment are reviewed monthly by divisional management.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the year end is the carrying value, net of provision for impairment, of each receivable. The 
Group and Company do not hold any significant collateral as security (2018: none).

The carrying value of trade receivables are denominated in the following currencies:
Sterling
US Dollar
Euro
New Zealand Dollar
Other

22 Current tax assets

Corporation tax recoverable
Group taxation relief

23 Cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts

Cash and cash equivalents per the balance sheet
Bank overdrafts (note 25)

Cash and cash equivalents per the statement of cash flows

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

46,251
1,326
2,023
544
9

45,853
860
9,385
416
–

50,153

56,514

88
–
–
–
–

88

–
–
–
–
–

–

Group

Company

2019
£’000

–
–

–

2018
£’000

119
–

119

2019
£’000

840
–

840

2018
£’000

886
474

1,360

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

28,649
(4,354)

24,632
(3,627)

24,295

21,005

2019
£’000

6,778
–

6,778

2018
£’000

4,955
–

4,955

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

111

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

24 Trade and other payables

Current:
Trade payables
Payments on account
Amounts owed to Group undertakings (note 36)
Amounts owed to other related parties (note 36)
Other taxes and social security payable
Contingent, deferred and unpaid cash consideration
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income

Non-current:
Contingent consideration
Accruals and deferred income

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

16,564
–
–
24,654
1,970
5,271
9,338
4,856

13,793
5,023
–
25,084
1,431
2,371
9,771
6,817

2019
£’000

600
–
2
–
741
–
354
836

62,653

64,290

2,533

2,835
164

2,999

1,576
208

1,784

–
–

–

2018
£’000

–
–
9
–
691
–
438
1,323

2,461

–
–

–

Amounts owed to Group undertakings and other related parties are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

During the year contingent consideration arose on acquisitions (note 30). In addition there remained initial cash consideration unpaid at 
the balance sheet date together with deferred and contingent consideration on prior year acquisitions. After retranslation at the 
balance sheet date of foreign currency denominated amounts, £5,271,000 (2018: £2,371,000) of these outstanding payables are 
recognised within current liabilities and £2,835,000 (2018: £1,576,000) are recognised within non-current liabilities.

Contingent consideration includes amounts of earn out relating to acquisitions in escrow pending settlement of warranty claims.

Included within accruals and deferred income is the following in respect of government grants:

At the beginning of the year
Exchange differences
Subsidiaries acquired
Amortisation in the year

At the end of the year

Included within:
  Current liabilities
  Non-current liabilities

Group

Company

2019
£’000

214
(2)
11
(54)

169

5
164

169

2018
£’000

269
(1)
–
(54)

214

6
208

214

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

25 Borrowings

Current:
Bank overdrafts
Bank loans and other borrowings
Loans from Group undertakings (note 36)
Finance leases

Non-current:
Bank loans
Finance leases

Borrowings are repayable as follows:
On demand or within one year
In the second year
In the third to fifth years inclusive

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

4,354
18,319
–
1,183

3,627
30,444
–
923

–
2,340
5,466
–

–
13,378
5,461
–

23,856

34,994

7,806

18,839

26,846
1,740

3,564
1,433

26,846
–

28,586

4,997

26,846

3,564
–

3,564

23,856
3,295
25,291

34,994
1,916
3,081

7,806
2,340
24,506

18,839
1,188
2,376

52,442

39,991

34,652

22,403

Group and Company borrowings are shown in the balance sheet net of arrangement fees of £241,000 (2018: £53,000) of which £60,000 
(2018: £17,000) is deducted from current liabilities and £181,000 (2018: £36,000) is deducted from non-current liabilities.

The net borrowings are:
Borrowings as above
Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

52,442
(28,649)

39,991
(24,632)

34,652
(6,778)

22,403
(4,955)

23,793

15,359

27,874

17,448

Bank loans and other borrowings includes an amount of £14,570,000 (2018: £15,922,000) which is secured on trade receivables and 
represents the amount drawn down on an invoice discounting facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC. The Company, together 
with certain subsidiaries, act as guarantors on the bank loans. In addition, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC has legal charges over 
certain properties. Finance lease obligations are secured on the assets to which they relate.

Loans from Group undertakings are non-interest bearing. Such amounts are unsecured and repayable on demand. The bank loans are 
repayable by instalments and the overdraft is repayable on demand.

Non-current bank loans (2018: current bank loans) includes a drawn down revolving credit facility of £19.8m (2018: £11.8m) which is 
repayable in November 2023. At the year end the Group had £7.2m of undrawn revolving credit facilities (2018: £12.7m).

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

113

26 Derivatives and other financial instruments
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing its risk. These policies 
have remained unchanged throughout the year.

Currency rate risk – Financial Instruments by currency

2019

2018

Sterling
£’000

US  
Dollar
£’000

Euro
£’000

NZ  
Dollar
£’000

Other
£’000

Total
£’000

Sterling
£’000

US  
Dollar
£’000

Euro
£’000

NZ
Dollar
£’000

Other
£’000

Total
£’000

–
–
–

–
–

74
21
–

64,566
26

94

94

24,632

89,319

–
–

–
–

–

–

34,994
–

62,853
4,997

1,576

104,420

–
–
–

416
–

281

697

–
–

93
–

–

93

2018

Group

Assets
Other investments
Non-current receivables
Contract assets
Current trade and other 

receivables

Current derivatives
Cash and cash 
equivalents

Liabilities
Current borrowings
Contract liabilities
Current trade and other 

50
–
4,455

25
22
1,590

1
–
3,421

–
–
–

–
–
–

76
22
9,466

50
–
–

23
21
–

1
–
–

46,975 4,239 2,033
–

–

–

544
–

20
–

53,811 50,535
–

–

4,154
13

9,461
13

18,787

7,537

1,711

592

22 28,649

16,761

6,792

704

70,267 13,413

7,166

1,136

42 92,024 67,346

11,003

10,179

22,307
699

141
401

1,408
169

–
–

122
–

– 23,856 29,326
–
–

1,269

148
–

5,520
–

7 60,678 50,623
4,997
– 28,586

4,957
–

7,180
–

payables

53,374
Non-current borrowings 23,759
Other non-current 

5,311

1,864
– 4,827

liabilities

2,835

–

–

–

–

2,835

–

1,576

–

102,974 5,853 8,268

122

7 117,224 84,946

6,681

12,700

2019

Company

Assets
Non-current receivables
Current trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Liabilities
Current borrowings
Current trade and other payables
Non-current borrowings

Sterling
£’000

US Dollar
£’000

Euro
£’000

Total
£’000

Sterling
£’000

US Dollar
£’000

Euro
£’000

Total
£’000

–
24,157
6,206

16,413
1,993
120

–
9,623
452

16,413
35,773
6,778

–
12,308
3,765

15,405
1,239
1,185

–
8,413
5

15,405
21,960
4,955

30,363

18,526

10,075

58,964

16,073

17,829

8,418

42,320

7,806
1,792
22,019

31,617

–
–
–

–

–
–
4,827

7,806
1,792
26,846

14,056
1,770
3,564

4,827

36,444

19,390

–
–
–

–

4,783
–
–

4,783

18,839
1,770
3,564

24,173

Other taxes and social security receivable and prepayments are excluded from trade and other receivables in the tables above as they 
are not financial instruments. For this same reason other taxes and social security payable is excluded from trade and other payables. 
Deferred income in respect of government grants is excluded as it is not a financial liability.

Sensitivity analysis
The impact of a weakening or strengthening in Sterling against other currencies at the balance sheet date is shown in the table below. 
The Directors consider that a 10% (2018: 10%) weakening or strengthening in Sterling against other currencies represents reasonable 
possible changes.

Impact on profit after taxation
Impact on total equity

2019

2018

10%
weakening
£’000

10%
strengthening
£’000

10%
weakening
£’000

10%
strengthening
£’000

860
5,731

(703)
(4,689)

861
4,940

(704)
(4,042)

This sensitivity analysis is not an indication of actual results, which may materially differ. For the purposes of this sensitivity analysis all 
other variables have been held constant.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

26 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
Interest rate risk
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of retained earnings and bank borrowings. The Group borrows in the desired 
currencies at fixed and floating rates of interest.

Group

Bank overdrafts
Bank loans and other borrowings
Finance lease liabilities

Fixed rate
Floating rate

2019

2018

Weighted 
average 
effective
interest rate
%

2.57
2.14
2.82

Weighted 
average 
effective
interest rate
%

2.70
2.13
2.39

£’000

4,354
45,165
2,923

52,442

2,923
49,519

52,442

£’000

3,627
34,008
2,356

39,991

2,356
37,635

39,991

The Group’s floating rate financial liabilities bear interest determined as follows:

Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans and other borrowings 

US prime rate + 1.0% margin; Bank of England base rate + 1.7% margin
Libor + 1.7%; Libor + 1.8%; Euribor + 1.7%; Bank of England base rate + 1.15% margin; 1.3%

Company

Bank loans
Loans from Group undertakings

Floating rate

2019

2018

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest rate
%

2.30
–

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest rate
%

2.18
–

£’000

29,186
5,466

34,652

£’000

16,942
5,461

22,403

The Company’s floating rate financial liabilities bear interest determined as follows:

Bank loans 

Libor + 1.7%; Libor + 1.8%; Euribor + 1.7%

Sensitivity analysis
The impact of a decrease or increase in interest rates during the year is shown in the table below. The Directors consider that a 1% 
movement in interest rates represents a reasonable possible change.

Impact on profit after taxation
Impact on total equity

2019

2018

1% decrease
£’000

1% increase
£’000

1% decrease
£’000

1% increase
£’000

396
396

(396)
(396)

415
415

(415)
(415)

This sensitivity analysis is not an indication of actual results, which may materially differ. For the purposes of this sensitivity analysis all 
other variables have been held constant.

Liquidity risk
The Group’s policy throughout the year has been to maintain a mix of short and medium term borrowings. Short-term flexibility is 
achieved by overdraft facilities. In addition it is the Group’s policy to maintain committed undrawn facilities in order to provide flexibility 
in the management of the Group’s liquidity.

The tables below analyse the Group and Company’s financial liabilities which will be settled on a net basis into relevant maturity 
groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the 
tables are the contractual undiscounted cash flows which have been calculated using spot rates at the relevant balance sheet date.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

115

26 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued

Group

Bank overdrafts
Bank loans and other borrowings
Finance lease liabilities
Contract liabilities
Trade and other payables
Other non-current liabilities

Company

Bank loans
Loans from Group undertakings
Trade and other payables

One to
two years
£’000

Two to
five years
£’000

2019

2018

Total
£’000

4,354
47,717
3,111
1,269
60,678
3,010

Within
one year
£’000

4,354
19,023
1,263
1,269
60,678
–

One to
two years
£’000

–
2,984
1,016
–
–
1,700

Two to
five years
£’000

–
25,710
832
–
–
1,310

Total
£’000

3,627
34,534
2,537
–
62,853
1,657

Within
one year
£’000

3,627
30,790
992
–
62,853
–

–
1,279
786
–
–
1,657

120,139

86,587

5,700

27,852 105,208

98,262

3,722

2019

Within
one year
£’000

3,045
5,466
1,792

One to
two years
£’000

2,984
–
–

Total
£’000

31,739
5,466
1,792

Two to
five years
£’000

25,710
–
–

Total
£’000

17,467
5,461
1,770

2018

Within
one year
£’000

13,723
5,461
1,770

38,997

10,303

2,984

25,710

24,698

20,954

One to
two years
£’000

1,279
–
–

1,279

–
2,465
759
–
–
–

3,224

Two to
five years
£’000

2,465
–
–

2,465

Trade and other payables in the tables above exclude other taxes and social security which do not meet the definition of financial 
liabilities under IFRS 7. Deferred income in respect of government grants has also been excluded as it does not give rise to a 
contractual obligation to pay cash.

Future minimum lease payments of finance leases

Group

Amount payable:

Within one year
In the second year
In the third to fifth years inclusive

Less: future finance charges

Present value of lease obligations

The Company has no finance lease obligations (2018: none).

Repayment profile

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

1,263
1,016
832

992
786
759

1,183
955
785

923
728
705

2,923

2,356

3,111
(188)

2,537
(181)

2,923

2,356

Borrowing facilities
The Group has various undrawn facilities. The undrawn facilities available at 31 August 2019, in respect of which all conditions 
precedent had been met, were as follows:

2019
Floating  
rate
£’000

Expiring in one year or less
Expiring within two and five years inclusive

3,565
18,626

2018
Floating
rate
£’000

14,868
12,374

22,191

27,242

Undrawn facilities include overdraft facilities of £2.5m (2018: £2.5m) that are renewable on an annual basis.

The Company’s overdraft is within a Group facility and it is therefore not possible to determine the Company’s undrawn facilities at the 
balance sheet date.

Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide 
returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an efficient capital structure to optimise the cost of 
capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return 
capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

26 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
The Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total equity. Net debt is 
calculated as total borrowings (including current and non-current borrowings) as shown in the consolidated balance sheet less cash 
and cash equivalents. Total equity is as shown in the consolidated balance sheet.

At 31 August 2019 the Group had net debt of £23.8m (2018: £15.4m). Gearing was 18.2% at the year end (2018: 12.7%).

The Group monitors cash balances and net debt on a daily basis to ensure adequate headroom exists on banking facilities and that it is 
compliant with banking covenants.

Fair value hierarchy
IFRS 13 requires financial instruments that are measured at fair value to be classified according to the valuation technique used:

Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2 – inputs, other than Level 1 inputs, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., 
derived from prices)

Level 3 – unobservable inputs

All derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value using Level 2 inputs. The Group’s bankers provide the valuations for the 
derivative financial instruments at each reporting period end based on mark to market valuation techniques.

Contingent consideration is measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs such as entity projections of future profitability.

Transfers between levels are deemed to have occurred at the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels in 
the above hierarchy in the period.

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
The fair value of Group and Company financial assets and liabilities are not materially different to book value.

Derivative financial instruments
Hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries
The Group hedges foreign denominated loans against its investment in foreign subsidiaries. A foreign exchange pre-tax gain of £81,000 
(2018: pre-tax loss of £4,000) was recognised in equity during the year on translation of US dollar denominated loans with a fair value of 
$1,608,000 (2018: $1,608,000) to sterling. A foreign exchange pre-tax loss of £44,000 (2018: pre-tax gain of £115,000) was recognised in 
equity during the year on translation of Euro denominated loans with a fair value of €5,330,000 (2018: €5,330,000) to sterling. The 
Group’s net investment hedge was fully effective in both the current and prior year and therefore no gain or loss is recognised in the 
consolidated income statement.

Currency derivatives
The Group and Company use forward foreign currency contracts to manage exchange risk exposure. At the balance sheet date, the fair 
value of outstanding forward foreign currency contracts are as below:

Group

At beginning of the year
(Losses)/gains during the year

At end of the year – included within current assets

The Company has no forward foreign currency contracts (2018: none).

2019

2018

Fair 
value
£’000

13
(13)

–

Contractual
or notional 
amount
£’000

1,206
(1,206)

–

Fair
value
£’000

Contractual 
or notional 
amount
£’000

(3)
16

13

2,821
(1,615)

1,206

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

117

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

26 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
The Group uses currency swaps to manage exchange risk exposure. At the balance sheet date, the fair value of outstanding currency 
swaps are as below:

Group

At beginning of the year
(Losses)/gains during the year

At end of the year – included within current assets

The Company has no currency swaps (2018: none).

2019

2018

Contractual
or notional 
amount
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Contractual 
or notional 
amount
£’000

Fair value
£’000

13
(13)

–

124
(124)

–

(2)
15

13

146
(22)

124

Fair value has been determined by reference to the value of equivalent forward foreign currency contracts and currency swaps at the 
balance sheet date.

Gains and losses on currency related derivatives are included within administrative expenses.

27 Retirement benefits
The Group participates in two defined benefit pension schemes, Carr’s Group Pension Scheme and Carrs Billington Agriculture 
Pension Scheme.

Carr’s Group Pension Scheme (Group and Company)
The Company sponsors the Carr’s Group Pension Scheme and offered a defined contribution and a defined benefit section. The assets 
of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group and are invested with independent investment managers.

From 1 September 2015 the defined contribution section was closed. Members of that section were enrolled in a new defined 
contribution scheme, the Carr’s Group Retirement Savings Scheme (‘Carr’s Group RSS’), set up under a Master Trust arrangement.

The defined benefit section of the scheme was previously closed to new members, and has closed to future accrual with effect from 
31 December 2015. Members of this section became entitled to become members of the Carr’s Group RSS from 1 January 2016. There 
were no pension contributions made by the Group over the year to the defined benefit section (2018: £nil).

The following disclosures relate to the defined benefit section of the Carr’s Group Pension Scheme. The last full actuarial valuation of 
this scheme was carried out by a qualified independent actuary as at 31 December 2017 and updated on an approximate basis to 31 
August 2019 by a qualified independent actuary.

Major assumptions:

Inflation (RPI)
Inflation (CPI)
Rate of discount
Pension in payment increases:
RPI or 5.0% per annum if less
RPI or 5.0% per annum if less, minimum 3.0% per annum

2019
%

3.00
2.10
1.80

3.00
3.50

2018
%

3.00
2.10
2.80

3.00
3.50

The mortality tables used in the valuation as at 31 August 2019 are 100% of S2PA with allowance for mortality improvements 
using CMI_2018 with a 1.25%pa underpin. The mortality assumptions adopted imply the following life expectancies at age 65 as at 
31 August 2019:

Males currently age 45
Females currently age 45
Males currently age 65
Females currently age 65

At 
31 August
2019

At
1 September
2018

23.2 years 23.4 years
25.2 years 25.4 years
21.8 years 22.0 years
23.7 years 23.9 years

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
118

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CO N TI N U ED

27 Retirement benefits continued
Amounts recognised in the Income Statement in respect of defined benefit schemes:

Administrative expenses
Past service cost
Net interest on the net defined benefit asset

Total expense/(income)

2019
£’000

21
795
(284)

532

2018
£’000

24
–
(125)

(101)

In October 2018 the High Court ruled on the case of Lloyds Banking Group Pensions Trustees Ltd v Lloyds Bank plc and others. The 
ruling required all UK defined benefit pension schemes to equalise Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (GMPs) between males and 
females. The scheme’s actuary has estimated the effect on the Carr’s Group Pension Scheme to be a £795,000 increase in liabilities 
and this has been recognised as a past service cost through the Income Statement and disclosed as a non-recurring item (note 5).

It is expected that there will be further court hearings from which clarity over the practical application of the ruling will arise. There is 
also the possibility of the case being taken to appeal.

The expense/(income) is recognised within the Income Statement as shown below:

Within operating profit:
Administrative expenses
Within interest:
Finance income

Total expense/(income)

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset to be shown in the Statement of Comprehensive Income:

Actual gains and losses arising from changes in:
Financial assumptions
Demographic assumptions
Experience adjustments
Return on assets, excluding interest income

Total remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset

Amounts included in the Balance Sheet:

Present value of funded defined benefit obligations
Fair value of scheme assets

Surplus in funded scheme

Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year
Past service cost
Interest cost
Net measurement losses/(gains) – financial
Net measurement gains – demographic
Net measurement gains – experience
Benefits paid

Benefit obligation at the end of the year

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

816

24

(284)

532

(125)

(101)

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

(9,373)
589
–
6,939

4,716
486
1,353
(1,719)

(1,845)

4,836

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

(68,037)
75,806

(60,488)
70,634

7,769

10,146

2019
£’000

60,488
795
1,642
9,373
(589)
–
(3,672)

2018
£’000

69,921
–
1,624
(4,716)
(486)
(1,353)
(4,502)

68,037

60,488

119

27 Retirement benefits continued
Benefit obligation by participant status:

Vested deferreds
Retirees

Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the fair value of scheme assets:

Fair value of scheme assets at the beginning of the year
Interest income on scheme assets
Return on assets, excluding interest income
Benefits paid
Scheme administrative cost

Fair value of scheme assets at the end of the year

Analysis of the scheme assets and actual return:

Equity instruments
Property
Bonds
Cash
Other

Actual return on scheme assets

1  Restated following re-interpretation of the classifications.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2019
£’000

22,930
45,107

2018
£’000

19,181
41,307

68,037

60,488

2019
£’000

70,634
1,926
6,939
(3,672)
(21)

2018
£’000

75,130
1,749
(1,719)
(4,502)
(24)

75,806

70,634

Fair value of assets

2019
£’000

11,753
2,388
57,153
70
4,442

20181
£’000

13,204
2,907
48,618
44
5,861

75,806

70,634

8,865

30

Equity instruments, bonds and 'other' assets are held in unquoted Mercer fund portfolios and are not held directly by the Pension 
Scheme. These Mercer portfolios in turn invest in a mix of quoted and unquoted underlying assets. Property assets are held by Legal & 
General Investment Management. 'Other' assets relate to assets held in the Mercer's Alternative Strategies funds within the Scheme's 
growth portfolio.

In accordance with IAS 19 Scheme assets must be valued at the fair value at the balance sheet date. The following applies to the 
assets in the Scheme:

Asset

Equity instruments 
Property
Bonds
Other

Valuation

Fair value being the net asset value provided by the investment manager
Closing bid price for unit holdings in managed property fund
Fair value being the net asset value provided by the investment manager
Fair value being the net asset value provided by the investment manager

Sensitivity analysis
A sensitivity analysis of the principal assumptions used to measure the scheme liabilities:

Discount rate

Price inflation rate

Post – retirement mortality assumption

Change in assumption

-25 basis points
+25 basis points
-25 basis points
+25 basis points
-1 year age rating
+1 year age rating

Present value of defined
benefit obligation
£’000

70,743
65,482
66,564
69,575
70,874
65,259

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
120

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

27 Retirement benefits continued
The sensitivity analysis is based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. It is not an indication of 
actual results which may materially differ, for example, changes in some assumptions may actually be correlated. When calculating the 
sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit 
obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating 
the defined benefit liability recognised in the balance sheet.

The methodology and principal assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared to the prior year.

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is approximately 16-17 years (2018: 15-16 years).

Expected cash flows for the following year:

Expected employer contributions
Expected contributions to reimbursement rights
Expected total benefit payments by the scheme:
  Year 1
  Year 2
  Year 3
  Year 4
  Year 5
  Next 5 years

Characteristics and the risks associated with the Scheme
Information about the characteristics of the Scheme:

£’000

–
–

3,777
3,885
3,996
4,110
4,228
23,022

The Scheme provides pensions in retirement and death benefits to members. Pension benefits are linked to a member’s final salary at 
31 December 2015 (or date of leaving, if earlier) and their length of service. Since 31 December 2015 the Scheme has been closed to 
future accrual.

The Scheme is a registered scheme under UK legislation.

The Scheme is subject to the scheme funding requirements outlined in UK legislation. As at 31 December 2017, being the date of the 
most recent finalised actuarial valuation, the scheme funding valuation of the Scheme revealed a surplus of £7.7m equating to a 
funding level of 112%. On a solvency basis the scheme had a deficit of £18.8m equating to a funding level of 80%. The purpose of the 
scheme funding valuation is to monitor the progress towards achieving the Trustees’ funding objectives and to determine the past 
service contributions and future service contributions that may be required. The solvency valuation provides an indication of the 
financial impact on members were the scheme to wind up with no money recoverable from the employer. The Trustees agreed that 
deficit contributions were not required and therefore contributions to the Scheme by the Group and Company in the year ending 
August 2020 are expected to be £nil. The next full triennial actuarial valuation will be as at 31 December 2020 at which point the funding 
requirements will be revisited.

The Scheme was established under trust and is governed by the Scheme’s trust deed and rules dated June 2008. The Trustees are 
responsible for the operation and the governance of the Scheme, including making decisions regarding the Scheme’s funding and 
investment strategy in conjunction with the Company.

Risk exposure and investment strategy
The Scheme’s investment strategy is to invest in return seeking assets and matching assets. This strategy reflects the Scheme’s  
liability profile and the Trustees’ attitude to risk. The objective is to achieve a 110% funding level on a gilts +0.25% p.a. basis by 2026.  
The Trustees have a fiduciary management arrangement with Mercer who have certain delegated responsibilities over investment 
decisions within parameters set by the Trustees. These parameters are reviewed on a regular basis to ensure they are still appropriate. 
Assets are invested in Mercer portfolios and in respect of property, Legal & General Investment Management. The Scheme aims to 
reduce risks such as market (investment) risk, interest rate risk, inflation risk, currency risk and longevity risk through liability hedging, 
diversification and de-risking triggers. Where de-risking triggers are met assets are transferred from growth asset portfolios to 
matching asset portfolios. The objective of the matching asset portfolio is to manage the impact on the funding level of interest rate 
risk and inflation risk such that the majority of the Scheme’s risk is allocated to the growth portfolio.

Carr’s Group Retirement Savings Scheme
The Company offers membership in a Master Trust arrangement, Carr’s Group RSS, following the closure of both sections of the Carr’s 
Group Pension Scheme. The pension expense for this scheme for the year was £1,647,000 (2018: £1,485,000).

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

121

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

27 Retirement benefits continued
Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme
One of the Group’s subsidiaries, Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd, is a participating employer in the Carrs Billington Agriculture 
Pension Scheme, which is a multi-employer defined benefit pension scheme. For the reasons explained below this scheme is 
accounted for as a defined contribution scheme.

The scheme is closed to new entrants and has been closed to future accrual since 1 December 2007. There is currently a surplus, 
calculated in accordance with IAS 19, of £1.9m (2018: £2.0m). The sponsoring employer, Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd, is 
currently paying £0.8m per annum under the terms of the recovery plan agreed between them and the Trustees of the scheme.

Under the rules of the scheme, any employer wishing to exit the scheme would trigger a partial wind-up of the scheme and would 
therefore be responsible for their s75 debt. A full wind-up of the plan would also trigger s75 debts for each participating employer.

The history of the scheme is that it was brought together from many other pension schemes and employers following multiple 
acquisitions over several years. Many of those acquisitions had little or no records of employee histories. Because of this, approximately 
85% of the scheme liabilities are ‘Orphan Liabilities’. Under the rules of the scheme, on a wind-up the orphan liabilities would be split 
between the participating employers in the same proportion as their calculated share of non-orphan liabilities. At the last finalised 
actuarial valuation, the buy-out deficit was £15.7m and the Group’s estimated liability on the wind up of the scheme was £7.6m.

Because of the scheme history described above, it is not possible to calculate the Group’s share of the assets and liabilities of the 
scheme, and consequently despite it being a defined benefit pension scheme the Group treats it as a defined contribution pension 
scheme for accounting purposes. The Group does not expect to pay any contributions to the scheme in the next reporting period (2018: 
£nil). Currently the deficit repair contributions are being funded solely by the sponsoring employer and this is expected to remain the 
case in the future. Those deficit repair contributions are based on the last finalised triennial valuation of the scheme as at 31 December 
2015, which showed that the scheme had a deficit of £4.4m on a technical provisions basis. The triennial valuation of the scheme as at 
31 December 2018 has not yet been finalised.

The Group’s level of participation in the scheme is estimated at 48.5%, which is based on its estimated share of the total buy-out 
liabilities. The Group has a 49% shareholding in its associate company which is the sponsoring company of the pension scheme. As a 
result of equity accounting for its share of the net assets of the associate the Group recognises 49% of the surplus calculated on an IAS 
19 accounting basis within its ‘Investment in Associate’ in its consolidated balance sheet. 

Included in the Group's 'Share of post-tax results of associates' is £306,000 in respect of the effect of the GMP equalisation on the Carrs 
Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme's liabilities. This has also been disclosed as a non-recurring item (note 5).

Other pension schemes
The pension expense in respect of defined contribution pension arrangements in foreign subsidiaries during the year was £526,000 
(2018: £466,000). 

Pension contributions into NEST during the year amounted to £84,000 (2018: £62,000).

The Group also pays contributions into various defined contribution schemes acquired through business combinations. The pension 
expense during the year in respect of these schemes was £64,000 (2018: £17,000).

28 Share capital

Group and Company

Allotted and fully paid ordinary shares of 2.5p each:
At start of the year
Allotment of shares

At end of the year

The table above includes 3 (2018: 2) shares held in treasury. 

2019

2018

Shares

£’000

Shares

£’000

91,403,112
538,893

2,285
14

91,395,541
7,571

91,942,005

2,299

91,403,112

2,285
–

2,285

The consideration received on the allotment of shares during the year was £37,787 (2018: £11,292).

For details of share based payment schemes see note 29.

Since the year end, to enable vesting of the Group’s long term incentive plan, 513,604 shares with a nominal value of £12,840 were allotted 
and held initially in treasury. At the date of signing these financial statements 49,993 shares are still held in treasury. 

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
122

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

29 Share-based payments
Group
The Group operates three active share based payment schemes at 31 August 2019.

The Executive Directors participate in a deferred bonus share plan under which 25% of any bonus earned will be deferred into awards 
over shares in the Company, with awards subject to a two year post-vesting holding period.

Under the long term incentive plan shares will be awarded to eligible individuals subject to an earnings per share (EPS) target 
measured against average annual increases over a three year period. For the awards granted in November 2016, December 2017 and 
December 2018 an average annual growth of EPS must exceed 3.0% for 25% of the awards to vest and 100% vest at 10.0%, with a 
straight line calculation between 25% and 100% of the award.

All employees, subject to eligibility criteria, may participate in the share save scheme. Under this scheme employees are offered 
savings contracts for 3 year vesting period plans. The exercise period is 6 months from the vesting date.

The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation of fair values for Long Term Incentive Plans and Share 
Shemes are as follows:

Long Term  
Incentive Plan  
December 2018

Long Term  
Incentive Plan  
December 2017

Long Term  
Incentive Plan  
November 2016

Share Save  
Scheme  
(3-Year Plan  
2019)

Share Save  
Scheme  
(3-Year Plan  
2018)

Grant date
Share price at grant date (weighted average)
Exercise price (weighted average)
Fair value per option at grant
Number of employees at grant
Shares under option at grant
Vesting period (years)
Model used for valuation
Expected volatility
Option life (years)
Expected life (years)
Risk-free rate
Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield
Expectations of vesting

14/11/16
£1.440
£0.00
£1.324
7
541,574
3

19/12/18
£1.485
£0.00
£1.348
8
579,788
3

22/12/17
£1.240
£0.00
£1.119
7
611,596
3

17/12/18
£1.44
£1.275
£0.36
153
420,851
3
Market value* Market value* Market value* Black Scholes
34.8%
3.65
3.4
0.81%
2.56%
95%

–
10
6.5
–
2.05%
75%

–
10
6.5
–
1.68%
100%

–
10
6.5
–
1.78%
100%

18/12/17
£1.20
£1.061
£0.280
290
1,465,455
3
Binomial
32.7%
3.5
3.25
0.6%
2.7%
95%

*  Discounted for dividends forgone over the three year vesting period.

The fair value of the deferred bonus plan offered to the Executive Directors is calculated with reference to the market value of the 
shares under award discounted to reflect illiquidity during the post vesting two year holding period.

The expected volatility has been calculated using historical daily data over a term commensurate with the expected life of each option.
The expected life is the midpoint of the exercise period. The risk-free rate of return is the implied yield of zero-coupon UK Government 
bonds with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the award being valued.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
123

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

29 Share-based payments continued
Number of options (LTIP and Share Save)

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
December 2018 
Number ’000

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
December 2017 
Number ’000

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
November 2016 
Number ’000

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
November 2015 
Number ’000

Share Save 
Scheme (3-Year 
Plan 2019) 
Number ’000

Share Save 
Scheme (3-Year 
Plan 2018) 
Number ’000

Share Save 
Scheme (5-Year 
Plan 2014) 
Number ’000

Outstanding:
At 2 September 2017
Granted in the year
Forfeited in the year

At 1 September 2018
Granted in the year
Exercised in the year
Forfeited in the year

At 31 August 2019

Exercisable:
At 1 September 2018

At 31 August 2019

Weighted average:
Remaining contractual  

life (years)

Remaining expected  

life (years)

–
–
–

–
580
–
–

580

–

–

–
612
–

612
–
–
–

612

–

–

542
–
–

542
–
–
–

542

–

–

9.00

8.00

7.00

5.50

4.50

3.50

512
–
–

512
–
(512)
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–
421
–
(43)

378

–

–

3.07

2.82

The total expense recognised for the year arising from share based payments are as follows:

Deferred Bonus Share Plan 2019
Long Term Incentive Plan December 2018
Long Term Incentive Plan December 2017
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2016
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2015
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2019)
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2018)
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2014)

–
1,465
(128)

1,337
–
(8)
(140)

1,189

–

–

1.83

1.58

2019
£’000

75
175
228
227
22
32
113
8

880

199
–
(124)

75
–
(11)
(53)

11

–

11

0.25

–

2018
£’000

–
–
228
350
435
–
86
26

1,125

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
124

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

29 Share-based payments continued
Company
The movement in the number of outstanding options under the share schemes for the Company is shown below.

Number of options (LTIP and Share Save)

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
December 2018 
Number ’000

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
December 2017 
Number ’000

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
November 2016 
Number ’000

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
November 2015 
Number ’000

Share Save 
Scheme (3-Year 
Plan 2019) 
Number ’000

Share Save 
Scheme (3-Year 
Plan 2018) 
Number ’000

Share Save 
Scheme (5-Year 
Plan 2014) 
Number ’000

Outstanding:
At 2 September 2017
Granted in the year
Forfeited in the year

At 1 September 2018
Granted in the year
Exercised in the year
Forfeited in the year

At 31 August 2019

Exercisable:
At 1 September 2018

At 31 August 2019

Weighted average:
Remaining contractual  

life (years)

Remaining expected  

life (years)

–
–
–

–
470
–
–

470

–

–

–
486
–

486
–
–
–

486

–

–

381
–
–

381
–
–
–

381

–

–

9.00

8.00

7.00

5.50

4.50

3.50

368
–
–

368
–
(368)
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–
58
–
–

58

–

–

3.07

2.82

The total expense recognised for the year arising from share based payments are as follows:

Deferred Bonus Share Plan 2019
Long Term Incentive Plan December 2018
Long Term Incentive Plan December 2017
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2016
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2015
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2019)
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2018)
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2014)

–
206
(3)

203
–
–
(5)

198

–

–

1.83

1.58

2019
£’000

75
133
181
168
22
4
17
2

602

1
–
–

1
–
–
(1)

–

–

–

0.25

–

2018
£’000

–
–
179
255
299
–
12
1

746

Share based payments awarded to employees of subsidiary undertakings and recognised as an investment in subsidiary undertakings 
in the Company are as follows:

Long Term Incentive Plan December 2018
Long Term Incentive Plan December 2017
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2016
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2015
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2019)
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2018)
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2014)

Total carrying amount of investments

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

2019
£’000

43
94
178
–
21
146
2

2018
£’000

–
48
118
183
–
74
84

484

507

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
125

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

30 Acquisitions
Animax Ltd
On 21 September 2018 Carrs Agriculture Ltd acquired the entire issued share capital of Animax Ltd ("Animax") a producer of market-
leading animal health products, for a total cash consideration of up to £8.5m. As part of the acquisition, Carrs Agriculture Ltd also 
acquired the entire issued share capital of Animax’s related party, Clinimax Ltd. Clinimax Ltd is a manufacturer of specialist disinfectant 
products for use in the medical industry.

Both businesses were acquired for an initial cash consideration of £6.0m, with an additional cash consideration of up to a maximum of 
£2.5m payable over the period to November 2020, based on the achievement of agreed financial targets.

The acquisition of Animax aligns with the Group’s stated strategy of investing in growing agriculture markets in the UK and internationally.

NW Total Engineered Solutions Ltd
On 28 June 2019 Carr’s Engineering Ltd acquired the entire issued share capital of NW Pump & Valve Ltd, the holding company of NW 
Engineered Solutions Ltd ("NW Total"), a service and manufacturing company providing value added solutions to the nuclear defence, 
nuclear decommissioning, nuclear power generation and other highly regulated markets, for a total cash consideration of up to £9.6m.

NW Total has been acquired for an initial cash consideration of £6.0m, with further contingent cash consideration of up to a maximum 
of £3.6m payable over the next three years, based on the achievement of agreed financial targets.

The acquisition of NW Total adds a specialist engineering solutions provider to the Group’s Engineering division and will bring a range 
of benefits and synergies. NW Total will also benefit significantly from being part of a larger group with access to increased 
manufacturing capacity alongside greater financial and technical resources.

Other
On 8 July 2019 Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd acquired the entire issued share capital of Paul Chuter Agricultural Services Ltd 
("Paul Chuter") for a cash consideration of £0.4m.

The acquisition expands the existing Agriculture business. 

All of the above purchases have been accounted for as acquisitions.

Aggregate disclosures
The total goodwill arising from acquisitions in the year amounts to £7,999,000. Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration 
paid over the Group’s interests in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

The following amounts have been recognised within the consolidated income statement in respect of acquisitions made in the year:

Revenue
Profit before taxation

Animax
£’000

6,148
429

NW Total
£’000

1,880
352

Other
£’000

117
(34)

Total
£’000

8,145
747

There were no other recognised gains and losses other than the results shown above.

Total acquisition related costs amounted to £630,000, which have been recognised within administrative expenses in the consolidated 
income statement and have been included in business combination expenses within non-recurring items (note 5). £509,000 has been 
charged to the income statement in the current year and £121,000 has been recognised in prior years as incurred.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
126

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

30 Acquisitions continued
The assets and liabilities recognised in the acquisition accounting are set out below. 

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Receivables
Cash at bank
Payables
Bank loans
Taxation
– Current
– Deferred

Net assets acquired
Goodwill

Satisfied by:
Cash consideration
Contingent consideration

Initial cash consideration comprises:

Enterprise value
Adjustments for:
Profit and normalised working capital
Cash and debt like items

Total initial cash consideration

Fair
value 
Animax
£’000

3,017
1,868
948
1,355
1,430
(1,268)
(340)

34
(680)

6,364
1,742

Fair  
value  
NW Total  
£’000

3,520
279
267
1,210
4,246
(2,571)
(120)

(333)
(633)

5,865
6,234

Fair
value
Other
£’000

67
69
258
132
147
(189)
–

(54)
(15)

415
23

Total  
fair  
value  
£’000

6,604
2,216
1,473
2,697
5,823
(4,028)
(460)

(353)
(1,328)

12,644
7,999

8,106

12,099

438

20,643

6,000
2,106

8,868
3,231

438
–

15,306
5,337

8,106

12,099

438

20,643

Fair value 
Animax
£’000

Fair value 
NW Total
£’000

Fair value 
Other
£’000

Total  
fair value
£’000

6,000

6,000

438

12,438

–
–

555
2,313 

–
–

555
2,313

6,000

8,868

438

15,306

The contingent consideration and £124,000 of cash consideration remains unpaid at the year end. Intangible assets represents the fair 
value of IP, brand names and customer relationships.

Pro forma full year information
IFRS3 (revised) requires disclosure of information as to the impact on the financial statements if the acquisitions had occurred at the 
beginning of the accounting year.

The unaudited pro forma summary below presents the Group as if the acquisitions had been acquired on 2 September 2018.

The pro forma amounts include the results of the acquisitions and the interest expense on the increase in net debt as a result of the 
acquisitions. The pro forma amounts do not include any possible synergies from the acquisition. The pro forma information is provided 
for comparative purposes only and does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred, nor is it necessarily 
indicative of future results.

Revenue
Profit before taxation

£’000

414,536
17,406

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
127

31 Cash generated from/(used in) continuing operations

Profit for the year from continuing operations
Adjustments for:
Tax
Tax credit in respect of R&D
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Dividends received from associate and joint ventures
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of investment property
Goodwill impairment
Intangible asset amortisation
(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Business combination expenses
Adjustments to contingent consideration
Net fair value expense on share based payments
Other non-cash adjustments
Finance costs:
  Interest income
  Interest expense and borrowing costs
Share of results of associates and joint ventures
  IAS19 income statement charge (excluding interest):
  Administrative expenses (note 27)
  Past service cost (note 27)
Changes in working capital (excluding the effects of acquisitions):
Increase in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
(Decrease)/increase in payables

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

13,624

13,647

6,768

2,541

2,685
(526)
–
–
4,804
6
–
943
(30)
509
(1,126)
880
(139)

1,855
(451)
–
–
4,372
6
516
397
19
251
–
1,125
107

(89)
–
(6,805)
(588)
43
–
–
41
–
–
–
602
(1,384)

(463)
1,399
(2,377)

(358)
1,357
(3,215)

(2,055)
666
–

21
795

24
–

(670)
(1,008)
(3,323)

(5,106)
(7,015)
7,449

21
795

–
(804)
202

(642)
–
(4,625)
(588)
15
–
–
–
59
–
–
746
276

(1,836)
610
–

24
–

–
300
996

Cash generated from/(used in) continuing operations

16,004

14,980

(2,587)

(2,124)

32 Analysis of net debt

Group

Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdrafts

Loans and other borrowings:
– Current
– Non-current
Finance leases:
– Current
– Non-current

Net debt 

At
2 September
2018
£’000

Cash flow
£’000

Other
non-cash
changes
£’000

Exchange
movements
£’000

24,632
(3,627)

3,491
(727)

21,005

2,764

–
–

–

526
–

526

At
31 August
2019
£’000

28,649
(4,354)

24,295

(30,444)
(3,564)

858
(11,443)

11,285
(11,795)

(18)
(44)

(18,319)
(26,846)

(923)
(1,433)

1,278
–

(1,538)
(307)

–
–

(1,183)
(1,740)

(15,359)

(6,543)

(2,355)

464 (23,793)

Other non-cash changes relate to finance leases, debt acquired with subsidiaries and transfers between categories of borrowings.  
It also includes the release of deferred borrowing costs to the consolidated income statement.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
128

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

32 Analysis of net debt continued

Company

Cash and cash equivalents
Loans and other borrowings:
– current
– non-current

Net debt

At 
2 September
2018
£’000

Cash flow
£’000

Other 
non-cash
changes
£’000

Exchange  
movements
£’000

At 
31 August
2019
£’000

4,955

1,760

–

63

6,778

(18,839)
(3,564)

(712)
(11,443)

11,745
(11,795)

–
(44)

(7,806)
(26,846)

(17,448)

(10,395)

(50)

19

(27,874)

Other non-cash changes relate to the release of deferred borrowing costs to the consolidated income statement and transfers 
between categories of borrowings.

33 Capital commitments

Group

Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment that has been contracted for but has not been provided 

for in the accounts

The Company has no capital commitments (2018: none).

34 Other financial commitments
Group
At 31 August 2019 the Group had commitments under non-cancellable operating leases as follows:

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

173

621

Within one year
Within two and five years inclusive
After five years

Group

Company

2019

2018

2019

2018

 Land and 
buildings 
£’000

1,379
3,514
6,556

Other
£’000

634
805
29

Land and 
buildings
£’000

1,190
3,448
5,443

11,449

1,468

10,081

Other
£’000

595
666
–

1,261

Other
£’000

87
177
–

264

Other
£’000

73
198
–

271

35 Financial guarantees and contingent liabilities
The Company, together with certain subsidiary undertakings, has entered into a guarantee with Clydesdale Bank PLC in respect of the 
Group loans, overdraft, asset finance and guarantee facilities with that bank, which at 31 August 2019 amounted to £2,582,000 (2018: 
£nil).

Certain subsidiary undertakings utilise guarantee facilities with financial institutions which include their own bankers. These financial 
institutions in the normal course of business enter into certain specific guarantees with some of the subsidiaries’ customers. All these 
guarantees allow the financial institutions to have recourse to the subsidiaries if a guarantee is enforced. The total outstanding of such 
guarantees at 31 August 2019 was £4,386,000 (2018: £4,359,000).

The Company has provided specific guarantees to certain customers of subsidiaries. These are in place to guarantee the completion of 
the contract in any event. The contracts under these guarantees had a total contract value of £14,070,000 (2018: £12,181,000) and as at 
31 August 2019 £1,572,000 (2018: £5,064,000) remained uncompleted.

The Company has provided a guarantee over the lease of a premises occupied by a subsidiary. The guarantee is in respect of prompt 
and full payment of rents due throughout the term of the lease. As at 31 August 2019 the cumulative rent payable over the remaining 
term of the lease is £1,040,000 (2018: £1,227,000).

The Company has entered into a guarantee with the Trustees of the Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme in respect of the 
punctual payment of obligations due to the pension scheme by the participating employers of the scheme. The Company’s total 
liability shall not exceed £1,500,000 (2018: £1,500,000).

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
129

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

35 Financial guarantees and contingent liabilities continued
One of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings is a participating employer in the Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme. On a 
wind-up of the scheme the buy-out deficit would be split between the participating employers with the Group’s level of participation in 
the scheme estimated at 48.5%. At the last actuarial valuation, the Group’s estimated liability on the wind-up of the scheme was £7.6m 
(2018: £7.6m).

From time to time the Company, or its subsidiaries, may be required to participate or otherwise become involved in legal proceedings, 
including those brought by government or regulatory bodies, which could potentially give rise to a contingent liability. At this time there 
is no expectation that any liabilities or other financial loss will be incurred in connection with any such proceedings.

The Group and Company does not expect any of the above to be called in.

36 Related parties
Group and Company
Identity of related parties
The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries, associate and joint ventures and with its Directors.

Transactions with key management personnel
Key management personnel are considered to be the Directors and their remuneration is disclosed within the Remuneration 
Committee Report.

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet
Amounts owed by businesses controlled by key management personnel (in a 

trading capacity):
Trade receivables

Transactions reported in the Income Statement
Revenue

Transactions with subsidiaries

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings:
Loans
Other receivables

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings:
Loans
Other payables

Transactions reported in the Income Statement
Management charges receivable
Dividends received
Interest receivable
Purchases

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

18

72

144

166

–

–

–

–

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

49,231
279

35,510
80

49,510

35,590

(5,466)
(2)

(5,461)
(9)

(5,468)

(5,470)

2,967
6,805
1,725
(1)

2,360
4,625
1,643
(2)

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
130

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTINUED

36 Related parties continued
Transactions with associate

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet
Amounts owed by associate:
Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed to associate:
Trade and other payables

Transactions reported in the Income Statement
Revenue
Rental income
Management charges receivable
Dividends received
Interest receivable
Management charges payable
Purchases

Transactions with joint ventures

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet
Amounts owed by joint ventures:
Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed to joint ventures:
Trade and other payables

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

185

85

(24,628)

(25,072)

695
20
166
–
–
(153)
(116,074)

758
20
110
–
71
(97)
(114,350)

45

–

–
–
113
588
–
–
–

18

–

–
–
110
588
–
–
–

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

1,794

1,734

1,719

1,659

(3)

(12)

–

–

Included within Group and Company trade and other receivables is £1,717,000 (2018: £1,659,000) in respect of loans owed by joint 
ventures. 

Transactions reported in the Income Statement
Revenue
Management charges receivable
Purchases

Group

Company

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

836
165
(310)

696
152
(1,138)

–
–
–

–
–
–

Other related parties
NW Total Engineered Solutions Ltd occupies its premises under a 15 year lease with Ironworks Properties LLP. The owners of Ironworks 
Properties LLP are employed by NW Total Engineered Solutions Ltd. At the year end £23,000 was owed to Ironworks Properties LLP.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

131

37 Adoption of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’
The Group adopted IFRS 15 with effect from 2 September 2018 and has applied IFRS 15 retrospectively with the cumulative effect of 
initially applying the standard recognised at the date of initial application. Comparative information has not been restated and is 
therefore still reported under IAS 11 and IAS 18. The adoption of IFRS 15 has had no impact on the Company.

Adjustments to the opening balance sheet arising from adoption of IFRS 15 are as follows:

Current assets
Inventories
Contract assets
Trade and other receivables
Current liabilities
Contract liabilities
Trade and other payables
Equity
Retained earnings
Headline figures
Non-current assets
Current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Total shareholders’ equity
Total equity

1 September 
2018
 £’000

Adjustments 
£’000

2 September 
2018
£’000

42,371
–
67,516

43,813
1,442
6,909
6,909
(12,128) 55,388

–
(64,290)

(1,458)
5,111

(1,458)
(59,179)

87,967

(124) 87,843

96,523
134,664
231,187
(99,459)
(10,762)
(110,221)
120,966
105,281
120,966

96,523
–
(3,777)
130,887
(3,777) 227,410
3,653 (95,806)
(10,762)
3,653 (106,568)
120,842
105,157
120,842

(124)
(124)
(124)

–

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The adjustments to the opening position reflect the transition impact of £124,000 reduction in retained earnings together with the 
reclassification of amounts to the new asset and liability categories of ‘contract assets’ and ‘contract liabilities’. 

To enable users of these accounts to compare the periods presented in the financial statements the following table shows the balance 
sheet of the Group as at 31 August 2019 as though IAS 11 and IAS 18 still applied.

Current assets
Inventories
Contract assets
Trade and other receivables
Current liabilities
Contract liabilities
Trade and other payables
Equity
Retained earnings
Headline figures
Non-current assets
Current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Total shareholders’ equity
Total equity

31 August 
2019  
(as reported)
 £’000

Adjustments 
£’000

31 August 
2019
(IAS 11 & 
 IAS 18)  
£’000

46,270
9,466
56,349

–

(9,466)
9,466

46,270
–
65,815

(1,269)
(62,653)

1,269
(1,269)

–
(63,922)

94,864

–

94,864

115,616
140,734
256,350
(88,788)
(36,572)
(125,360)
130,990
114,250
130,990

115,616
–
–
140,734
– 256,350
(88,788)
–
(36,572)
–
(125,360)
–
130,990
–
114,250
–
130,990
–

The adjustments reflect the reclassification of amounts to the new asset and liability categories of ‘contract assets’ and 
‘contract liabilities’.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
132

FIVE YE AR STATEMENT

Continuing operations
Revenue and Results

Revenue

Operating profit

Analysed as:
Operating profit before amortisation and non-recurring items
Amortisation and non-recurring items

Operating profit

Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before taxation

Analysed as:
Profit before taxation before amortisation and non-recurring items
Amortisation and non-recurring items

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Ratios (continuing operations)
Operating margin (excluding non-recurring items and amortisation)9 
Return on net assets (excluding non-recurring items and amortisation)
Earnings per share – basic2

– adjusted2
Dividends per ordinary share2

(Restated)1,3
2015
£’000

(Restated)3 
2016
£’000

(Restated)3 
2017
£’000

2018
£’000

2019
£’000

331,285

314,907 346,224

403,192 403,905

14,397

14,851

10,690

16,405

17,195

14,648
(251)

15,063
(212)

12,091
(1,401)

17,464
(1,059)

18,930
(1,735)

14,397

14,851

10,690

16,405

17,195

338
(1,045)

236
(1,009)

176
(864)

358
(1,261)

463
(1,349)

13,690

14,078

10,002

15,502

16,309

13,941
(251)

13,690
(3,010)

10,680

3,013

14,290
(212)

14,078
(2,907)

11,171

2,817

11,403
(1,401)

10,002
(1,707)

16,561
(1,059)

15,502
(1,855)

18,044
(1,735)

16,309
(2,685)

8,295

13,647

13,624

–

–

–

13,693

13,988

8,295

13,647

13,624

4.4%
14.1%
10.0p
10.2p
3.7p

4.8%
13.0%
10.7p
10.9p
3.8p

3.5%
10.8%
7.7p
8.9p
4.0p

4.3%
13.7%
13.0p
13.9p
4.5p

4.7%
13.8%
13.1p
14.6p
4.75p

Revenue and results included in the table above have been restated to reflect the disposal of Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd in the year ended 
3 September 2016. The profit after taxation from this business has been included within profit for the year from discontinued operations 
in the table above.

1   Restated for the reclassification to interest income of the net interest on the net defined benefit retirement asset previously recognised within operating profit.
2   Restated for the effect of the 10:1 share split in January 2015.
3   Restated for the reclassification to operating profit of the share of post-tax results of the associates and joint ventures.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
133

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(Restated)1 
2015
£’000

2016
£’000

(Restated)2
2017
£’000

2018
£’000

 2019
£’000

10,849
448
58,385
636
13,530

50
1,767
861

11,440
286
35,811
182
14,996

50
311
–

24,293
2,266
37,149
176
18,106

444
5,209
–

24,272
2,223
38,484
170
21,207

21
10,146
–

32,877
9,318
41,917
164
23,139

22
7,769
410

86,526

63,076

87,643

96,523

115,616

35,031
–
64,454
839

33,423
–
56,940
303

37,023
–
59,723
297

42,371
–
67,516
119

46,270
9,466
56,349
–

50
20,052

–
48,411

13
23,887

26
24,632

–
28,649

120,426

139,077

120,943

134,664 140,734

206,952

202,153 208,586

231,187 256,350

(18,721)
(72)
–
(54,496)
(472)

(21,642)
(20)
–
(46,823)
(470)

(17,060)
(18)
–
(56,181)
(673)

(34,994)
–
–
(64,290)
(175)

(23,856)
–
(1,269)
(62,653)
(1,010)

(73,761)

(68,955)

(73,932)

(99,459)

(88,788)

(25,744)
(4,184)
(4,300)

(18,625)
(1,817)
(2,668)

(20,966)
(4,010)
(3,755)

(4,997)
(3,981)
(1,784)

(28,586)
(4,987)
(2,999)

(34,228)

(23,110)

(28,731)

(10,762)

(36,572)

(107,989)

(92,065)

(102,663)

(110,221) (125,360)

98,963

110,088

105,923

120,966 130,990

Net assets employed

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Investments
Financial assets
– Non-current receivables
Retirement benefit asset
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Contract assets
Trade and other receivables
Current tax assets
Financial assets
– Derivative financial instruments
– Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Financial liabilities
– Borrowings
– Derivative financial instruments
Contract liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
– Borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Other non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

1   Restated for the grossing up of cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts, included within current borrowings, for accounts with right of offset within the 

same banking facility.

2   Restated for the finalisation of the fair value acquisition accounting for NuVision Engineering, Inc.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE ME ASURES GLOSSARY

134

The Annual Report and Accounts include both statutory and Alternative Performance Measures (APMs). The principal APMs measure 
profitability excluding amortisation of acquired intangibles and items regarded by the Directors as non-recurring. In management's view, 
these APMs, which are generally referred to as 'adjusted' measures, better reflect the underlying performance of the business and 
therefore provide valuable additional information on the performance of the business. These 'adjusted' measures are used in the 
management and measurement of business performance on a day-to-day basis and are also used in assessing performance under the 
Group's incentive plans. 

Alternative performance measure

Definition and comments

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted profit before taxation

Adjusted earnings per share

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, profit/(loss) on the disposal of property, 
plant and equipment, share of post-tax results of the associate and joint ventures and excluding 
non-recurring items. This measure is reconciled to statutory operating profit and statutory profit 
before taxation in note 2. EBITDA allows the user to assess the profitability of the Group's core 
operations before the impact of capital structure, debt financing and non-cash items such as 
depreciation and amortisation􀀁.

Operating profit after adding back items regarded by the Directors as non-recurring and 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets. This measure is reconciled to statutory operating profit 
in the income statement and note 2. Adjusted results excluding non-recurring items and 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets are presented because if included, these items could 
distort the understanding of the Group's performance for the year and the comparability between 
the years presented.

Profit before taxation after adding back items regarded by the Directors as non-recurring and 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets. This measure is reconciled to statutory profit before 
taxation in the income statement and note 2. Adjusted results excluding non-recurring items and 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets are presented because if included, these items could 
distort the understanding of the Group's performance for the year and the comparability between 
the years presented.

Profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company after adding back items regarded by the 
Directors as non-recurring and amortisation of acquired intangible assets after tax divided by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. This is reconciled to basic 
earnings per share in note 10. 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share Profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company after adding back items regarded by the 
Directors as non-recurring and amortisation of acquired intangible assets after tax divided by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year adjusted for the effects of 
any potentially dilutive options. Diluted earnings per share is shown in note 10. 

Free cash flow

Net Debt

Cash generated from operating activities less maintenance capital expenditure. The calculation of 
free cash flow is shown on page 17 in the Strategic Report. Free cash flow indicates how much 
cash is available for the Group to utilise for expansionary capital investment, paying dividends, or 
financing/repaying borrowings. 

The net position of the Group's and Company’s cash at bank and borrowings including finance 
leases. Details of the movement in net debt is shown in note 32.

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
135

DIRECTORY OF OPER ATIONS

Carr’s Group plc
Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, 
Cumbria CA3 9BA 
Tel: 01228 554600  
Web: www.carrsgroup.com

Agriculture
ACC Feed Supplement LLC*
5101 Harbor Drive, 
Sioux City, Iowa 51111 USA 
Tel: 001 712 255 6927 

Afgritech LLC*
810 Waterman Drive, 
Watertown, New York 13601 
USA 
Tel: 001 315 785 3625

AminoMax
Lansil Way, Lancaster, LA1 3QY 
Tel: 01524 597 200

Animal Feed Supplement, Inc
East Highway 212, PO Box 188, 
Belle Fourche, South Dakota 
57717 USA Tel: 001 605 892 3421

Animal Feed Supplement, Inc
PO Box 105, 101 Roanoke 
Avenue, Poteau, Oklahoma 
74953 USA 
Tel: 001 918 647 8133 

Animal Feed Supplement, Inc
PO Box 569, 1700 US, 50 East, 
Silver Springs, Nevada 89429 
USA 
Tel: 001 775 577 2002

Animax Limited
Shepherds Grove West, 
Stanton, Bury St Edmund’s, 
Suffolk IP31 2AR 
Tel: 01359 252 181

Animax NZ Limited
86 Highbrook Drive, Auckland 
2013, New Zealand

Bibby Agriculture*
Priory House, Priory Street, 
Carmarthen, SA31 1NE  
Tel: 01267 232 041

Bibby Agriculture*
1A Network House, Badgers 
Way, Oxon Business Park, 
Shrewsbury,  
Shropshire, SY3 5AB 
Tel: 01743 237 890

Caltech 
Solway Mills, Silloth, Wigton, 
Cumbria CA7 4AJ  
Tel: 016973 32592 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)**
Warren Road, Brecon,  
Powys, LD3 8EF  
Tel: 01874 623470

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)**
Parkhill Road, Kingstown  
Industrial Estate, Carlisle  
CA3 0EX 
Tel: 01228 518860 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)**
Lansil Way, Lancaster LA1 3QY 
Tel: 01524 597 200 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)**
High Mill, Langwathby, Penrith 
CA10 1NB  
Tel: 01228 518 860

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)**
Lion Works, Pool Road, 
Newtown, Powys, SY16 3AG 
Tel: 01686 626680 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)**
Cold Meece, Stone, 
Staffordshire, ST15 0QW Tel: 
01785 760 535

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Hawes
Burtersett Road, Hawes, North 
Yorkshire DL8 3NP  
Tel: 01969 667334 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)**
Micklow House Farm, Eccleshall 
Road, Stone, Staffordshire,  
ST15 0BY Tel: 01782 374387

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)**
Cilherwydd Store, Llanboidy, 
Whitland, Carmarthenshire, 
SA34 0LL  
Tel: 01994 448209

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)**
Pow Hill, Kirkbride, Wigton, 
Cumbria, CA7 5LF  
Tel: 01697 352229 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Annan
2 Annan Business Park, Annan, 
Dumfriesshire  
DG12 6TZ 
Tel: 01461 202772 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Appleby
Crosscroft Industrial Estate, 
Appleby, Cumbria CA16 6HX 
Tel: 01768 352999

Carrs Billington Agriculture  
(Sales), Ayr
1A Whitfield Drive, Heathfield 
Ind Est, Ayr, Ayrshire, KA8 9RX  
Tel: 01292 263635

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Bakewell
Unit 4-6, Kingfisher Building, 
Buxton Road, Bakewell, 
Derbyshire DE45 1GZ  
Tel: 01629 814126

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Barnard Castle
Montalbo Road, Barnard Castle, 
Durham DL12 8ED 
Tel: 01833 637537 

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Berwick upon Tweed
29 Northumberland Road, 
Berwick upon Tweed, 
Tweedmouth, Northumberland 
TD15 2AS  
Tel: 01289 307 245 

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Brecon
Warren Road Stores, Warren 
Road, Brecon, Powys, LD3 8EF 
Tel: 01874 623470

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Brock
Brockholes Way, Claughton 
Trading Estate, Lancaster Old 
Road, Claughton on Brock, 
Preston, PR3 0PZ  
Tel: 01995 643 200 

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Carlisle
Montgomery Way, Rosehill 
Estate, Carlisle CA1 2UY  
Tel: 01228 520212 

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Cockermouth
Unit 5, Lakeland Agricultural 
Centre, Cockermouth CA13 0QQ 
Tel: 01900 824 105 

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Gisburn
Pendle Mill, Mill Lane, Gisburn, 
Clitheroe, Lancashire BB7 4ES 
Tel: 01200 445 491

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Stirling
Stirling Agricultural Centre, 
Stirling FK9 4RN  
Tel: 01786 474826

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Wigton
Hopes Auction Co Ltd, Skye 
Road, Wigton, Cumbria,  
CA7 9NS 
Tel: 016973 45874

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Wooler
Bridge End, South Road, 
Wooler, Northumberland,  
NE71 6QE 
Tel: 01668 281567

Carr’s Supplements (NZ) 
Limited
515a Wairakei Road, Burnside, 
Christchurch, 8053,  
New Zealand  
Tel: 0064 03 974 9274

Crystalyx Products GmbH*
Am Stau 199-203, 26122, 
Oldenburg, Germany 
Tel: 00 49 441 2188 92142

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Hexham
Tyne Mills Industrial Estate, 
Hexham, Northumberland 
NE46 1XL  
Tel: 01434 605371

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Jedburgh
Mounthooly, Crailing, Jedburgh, 
TD8 6TJ  
Tel: 01835 850250

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Kendal
Unit 1, J36, Rural Auction 
Centre, Crooklands, Milnthorpe, 
Kendal, Cumbria LA7 7FP 
Tel: 01539 566035

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Leek
Macclesfield Road, Leek, 
Staffordshire ST13 8NR 
Tel: 01538 383277

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Malton
31 Horsemarket, Malton, North 
Yorkshire YO17 7NB 
Tel: 01653 600328

Gold-Bar Feed Supplements 
LLC*
783 Eagle Boulevard, 
Shelbyville TN 37160, USA 
Tel: 001 877 618 6455

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Milnathort
Stirling Road, Milnathort, 
Kinross KY13 9UZ  
Tel: 01577 862381 

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Morpeth
Unit 20c, Coopies Lane 
Industrial Estate, Morpeth, 
Northumberland NE61 6JN 
Tel: 01670 503930 

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Morpeth (Greens)
Old Station Buildings, Coopies 
Lane, Morpeth, 
Northumberland, NE61 2SL Tel: 
01670 518474

Johnstone Wallace Fuels,
Castle Douglas
Abercromby Industrial Park, 
Castle Douglas, Dumfriesshire, 
DG7 1BA 
Tel: 01387 750747

Johnstone Wallace Fuels, 
Dumfries
Dargavel Stores, Lockerbie 
Road, Dumfries, Dumfriesshire 
DG1 3PG 
Tel: 01387 750747

Johnstone Wallace Fuels,
Stranraer
Droughduil, Dunragit, Stranraer 
DG9 8QA  
Tel: 01387 750747

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Penicuik
4 Eastfield Park Road, Penicuik, 
Midlothian, EH26 8EZ  
Tel: 01968 707040

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Ludlow 
Weeping Cross Lane, Ludlow 
Shropshire SY8 1JH  
Tel: 01584 233109

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Penrith
Haweswater Road, Penrith 
Industrial Estate, Penrith, 
Cumbria CA11 9EU 
Tel: 01768 866354

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Rothbury
The Store, Coquet View, 
Rothbury, Morpeth, 
Northumberland, NE65 7RZ 
Tel: 01669 620320

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Selkirk
 Dunsdale Haugh, Selkirk, 
Selkirkshire, TD7 5EF 
Tel: 01750 720734

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Skipton
Skipton Auction Mart, Gargrave 
Road, Skipton, North Yorkshire 
BD23 1UD Tel: 01756 792166

Carrs Billington Agriculture
(Sales), Spennymoor
Southend Works, Byers Green, 
Spennymoor, Durham,  
DL16 7NL 
Tel: 01388 662266

Phoenix Feeds, a division 
of Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales) Ltd
1 Station Park, Ramsgreave 
Road, Blackburn, Lancashire 
BB1 9BH 
Tel: 01254 240888

Reid & Robertson, a division of 
Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales) Ltd
Livestock Auction Mart, 
Whiteford Hill, Ayr, KA6 5JW  
Tel: 01292 619229

Reid & Robertson, a division of 
Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales) Ltd
Ballagan, Stirling Road, Balloch, 
G83 8LY  
Tel: 01389 752800

Reid & Robertson, a division of 
Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales) Ltd
Unit 3 Oban Livestock Centre 
Soroba, Oban, Argyll  
Tel: 01631 566279

Scotmin
13 Whitfield Drive, Heathfield 
Industrial Estate, Ayr KA8 9RX 
Tel: 01292 280 909

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Silloth Storage Company*
Station Road, Silloth, 
Wigton, Cumbria, CA7 4JQ

Wallace Oils
Kingstown Broadway, 
Kingstown Industrial Estate, 
Carlisle CA3 0HA 
Tel: 01228 534 342 

Wallace Oils
Tyne Mills Industrial Estate, 
Hexham, Northumberland, 
NE46 1XL  
Tel: 01434 600404

Wallace Oils
Lancaster Mill, Lansil Way 
Lancaster, Lancashire, LA1 3QY 
Tel: 01524 599333

Wallace Oils
Lakeland Agricultural Centre 
Cockermouth, Cumbria,  
CA13 0QQ 
Tel: 01900 828800

Wallace Oils
High Mill, Langwathby, Penrith, 
Cumbria, CA10 1NB  
Tel: 01768 889899

Workware
Kingstown Broadway, 
Kingstown Industrial Estate, 
Carlisle CA3 0HA 
Tel: 01228 591 091

Engineering 
Carr’s Engineering  
Innovation Centre
Westlakes, Moor Row, Cumbria 
CA24 3TP  Tel: 01946 313160 

Bendalls Engineering
Brunthill Road, Kingstown 
Industrial Estate, Carlisle  
CA3 0EH 
Tel: 01228 526 246

Carrs MSM
Unit 1 Spitfire Way, Hunts Rise, 
South Marston Park, Swindon, 
Wiltshire SN3 4TX 
Tel: 01793 824 891

Chirton Engineering
Unit 4A, High Flatworth,  
Tyne Tunnel Trading Estate, 
North Shields, Tyne & Wear, 
NE29 7SW 
Tel: 0191 296 2020

NuVision Engineering, Inc
2403 Sidney Street, Suite 700, 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15203, 
USA 
Tel: 001 888 748 8232

NuVision Engineering, Inc
184 B Rolling Hill Road, 
Mooresville, North Carolina 
28117, USA 
Tel: 001 704 799 2707

NW Total Engineered 
Solutions Limited
Andrews Way, Barrow in 
Furness, Cumbria LA14 2UE  
Tel: 01229 811000

R Hind Bendalls
Kingstown Broadway, 
Kingstown Industrial Estate, 
Carlisle CA3 0HA 
Tel: 01228 523 647

Wälischmiller 
Engineering GmbH
Schießstattweg 16, 88677 
Markdorf, Germany 
Tel: 0049 7544 95140

joint venture company

* 
**  associate company

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

 
 
136

REGISTERED OFFICE AND ADVISERS

Registered Office 
Carr’s Group plc 
Old Croft, Stanwix,  
Carlisle
CA3 9BA
Registered No. 98221

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
KPMG LLP
Quayside House,
110 Quayside,
Newcastle upon Tyne
NE1 3DX

Bankers
Clydesdale Bank PLC
82 English Street,
Carlisle
CA3 8HP

The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC
37 Lowther Street,
Carlisle
CA3 8EL 

Financial Adviser and Broker
Investec Bank (UK) Ltd
30 Gresham Street,
London
EC2V 7QP

Financial and Corporate PR Advisers
Powerscourt
1 Tudor Street,
London
EC4Y 0AH

Solicitors
Hill Dickinson LLP
1 St Paul’s Square,
Liverpool
L3 9SJ

Registrar
Link Asset Services
The Registry,
34 Beckenham Road,
Beckenham,
Kent
BR3 4TU

CARR'S GROUP PLC Annual report and accounts 2019

DORMANT SUBSIDIARIES AT 31 AUGUST 2019

Company Name

B. E. Williams Ltd
Caltech Biotechnology Ltd
Carrs Animal Feed Supplements Ltd
Carrs Feeds Ltd
Carrs Fertilisers Ltd
Carr’s Group Corporate Trustee Ltd
Carr’s International Industries Ltd
Carr’s Milling Industries Ltd
Carrs Milling Ltd
Carrs Natural Feeds Ltd
Chirton Engineering Ltd
Forsyths of (Wooler) Ltd
Greens Flour Mills Ltd
Horse and Pet Warehouse Ltd
Johnstone Fuels and Lubricants Ltd
Paul Chuter Agricultural Services Ltd
Pearson Farm Supplies Ltd
Phoenix Feeds Ltd
R Hind Ltd
Reid and Robertson Ltd
Robert Hutchison Ltd
Safe at Work Ltd
Scotmin Nutrition Ltd
Simarghu Ltd
Walischmiller Solutions Ltd
Wallace Oils Ltd
WM. Nicholls and Company (Crickhowell) Ltd 

Registered and Located

Ownership

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Scotland
Scotland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Scotland
England and Wales
England and Wales
Scotland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

51%1
100%
100%
51%1
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100%
51%1
100%
51%1
51%1
51%1
51%1
51%1
100%
51%1
100%
51%1
100%
51%1
100%
51%1
51%1

1

100% owned by Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd which is a 51% subsidiary of Carr’s Group plc.

Companies registered in England and Wales have a registered office of Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, Cumbria CA3 9BA. Companies 
registered in Scotland have a registered office of 13 Whitfield Drive, Heathfield Ind. Est., Ayr KA8 9RX, with the exception of Horse and 
Pet Warehouse Ltd which has a registered office of 1a Whitfield Drive, Heathfield Ind. Est., Ayr KA8 9RX.

C

a

r

r

’

s

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

9

Carr’s Group plc
Old Croft
Stanwix
Carlisle CA3 9BA
United Kingdom